MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting...

200
MDGF 1656 Strengthening the Philippines Institutional Capacity to Adapt to Climate Change Health Sector Book I Final Report April 27, 2011 Institute of Health Policy and Development Studies National Institutes of Health UP Manila

Transcript of MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting...

Page 1: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

MDGF 1656

Strengthening the Philippines Institutional Capacity to Adapt

to Climate Change

Health Sector

Book I

Final Report

April 27, 2011

Institute of Health Policy and

Development Studies

National Institutes of Health UP Manila

Page 2: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

MDGF 1656: Conduct of Climate Change Vulnerability

and Impact Assessment Framework,

Development of a Monitoring and Evaluation

Framework/System, and Compendium of Good and

Innovative Climate Change Adaptation Practices

(Health Sector)

Book I

FINAL REPORT

April 27, 2011

Institute of Health Policy and Development Studies

National Institutes of Health

University of the Philippines Manila

Page 3: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

iii

Project Team

Fely Marilyn E. Lorenzo, RN, MPH, DrPH

Principal Investigator

Tonie O. Balangue, PhD,

Jennifer Frances E. dela Rosa, RN, MPH, MSc HPPF

Jonathan David C. Flavier, MD, MA

Fernando B. Garcia, MPA

Aguedo Troy D. Gepte IV, MD, MPH

Jesus V. Lorenzo, MEEc

Victorio B. Molina, MPH

Elvira E. Dumayas, MS

Ramon A. Razal, PhD,

Ma. Esmeralda C. Silva, MPPM

Co – investigators

Kim T. Estella, RN

Joanna Grace R. Fernandez, BSPH

Oliver Patrick O. Montevirgen, RN

Maria Karen Patricia A. Quimson, BSES

Carlo Carlos, BSES

Pura Beatriz S.Valle, BSF

Research Assistants

Page 4: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

iv

Table of Contents

Table of Contents IV

List of Tables and Figures VI

Acronyms and Abbreviations Used VIII

Executive Summary X

I. INTRODUCTION 1

Health Millennium Development Goals 3

Project Objectives 4

II. CONCEPTUAL AND PROCESS FRAMEWORK OF THE HEALTH SECTOR

STUDY 6

A. Concepts and Terminologies 6

B. Review of Literature 8

The Challenge of Climate Change 8

The Philippines and Climate Change 9

Climate Change Vulnerability and Assessment 10

Effects of Climate Change on Health 11

Monitoring and Evaluation of Climate Change 16

Adaptation Practices in Climate Change 17

C. Limitations of the Health Sector Study 17

D. Project Methods and Validation Sites 18

E. Climate scenarios from PAG-ASA 20

III. RESULTS OF THE STUDY 21

A. Vulnerability, Adaptability and Impact Assessment Tools 21

Vulnerability and Adaptation Framework 21

Potential Vulnerabilities In Relation To Climate Change in the Philippine Health Sector 22

Burden of Disease 24

Breteau Index for predicting Dengue outbreaks 33

Vulnerability Maps to precisely locate vulnerability hotspots 35

B. Climate Change and Health Impact Modeling 44

Climate Change and Health Impact Modeling: Statistical Models 44

1. Statistical Modeling Process: Estimating the current distribution and burden of climate-

sensitive diseases 56

Page 5: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

v

a. Disease Impact Modeling and Projected Disease Impacts in 2020 and 2050 and

Socioeconomic Impact 56

b. A Time Series Analysis of the Effect of Climate Change on the Incidence of Dengue

in the National Capital Region, 1995-2007 66

2. Estimating the future potential health impacts attributable to climate change 84

C. Outputs of the V&A Tools 89

1. Projected 2020 and 2050 Cases of Selected Diseases 89

2. Cost Implications of Disease Impacts in 2020 and 2050 95

D. Compendium of Good and Innovative Climate Change Adaptation Practices 106

1. Adaptation Options Derived from Literature Review 107

2. Field documented Innovative Climate Change Adaptation Options for the Health Sector 120

3. Prioritized Adaptation Options 122

E. Integrated Monitoring and Evaluation Framework (IM&EF) 127

How the framework was formed 128

Validation of the proposed CCA M&E framework and system for the health sector 130

PIDSR as the Centerpiece of the Integrated M&E Framework 135

Vulnerability assessment and its link to the M&E framework 141

Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147

Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152

IV. CONCLUSIONS 154

V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157

VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162

Page 6: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

vi

List of Tables and Figures

Tables

Table 1 Vulnerability Map Dataset Requirements ................................................................................ 36

Table 2 Model specifications of disease cases as responses to climate change variables ................. 57

Table 3 Availability of Disease and Weather Data, Palawan, Rizal, Pangasinan, and NCR ................ 61

Table 4 Sample Coefficient Table ......................................................................................................... 64

Table 5 Incidence of Infectious Diseases, National Capital Region, 1993 to 2007 .............................. 67

Table 6 ARIMA Model Parameters to Predict the Number of Dengue Cases, 1995-2007 ................... 73

Table 7 Summary of p-values for Predicting the Number of Dengue Cases using Climate Factors .... 80

Table 8 Number of cases predicted by minimum temperature ............................................................. 80

Table 9 Projected Climate Change Data in 2020 and 2050 ................................................................. 89

Table 10 Dengue Cases Projection, 2020 ............................................................................................ 90

Table 11 Dengue Cases Projection, 2050 ............................................................................................ 91

Table 12 Cholera Cases Projection, 2020 ............................................................................................ 91

Table 13 Cholera Cases Projection, 2050 ............................................................................................ 92

Table 14 Malaria Cases Projection, 2020 ............................................................................................. 92

Table 15 Malaria Cases Projection, 2050 ............................................................................................. 93

Table 16 Projected Dengue Costs (PhP), NCR, 2020 ......................................................................... 97

Table 17 Projected Dengue Costs (PhP), NCR, 2050 .......................................................................... 98

Table 18 Cost of Preventive Measures of Dengue, NCR, 2020. .......................................................... 99

Table 19 Cost of Preventive Measures of Dengue, NCR, 2050. .......................................................... 99

Table 20 Net savings from preventing Dengue................................................................................... 100

Table 21 Projected Cost (PhP) of Malaria Cases, Palawan, 2020 ..................................................... 101

Table 22 Projected Cost (PhP) of Malaria Prevention, 2020, Palawan .............................................. 102

Table 23 Projected Costs of Malaria, Palawan, 2050 ......................................................................... 102

Table 24 Cost Analysis Projections of Malaria Control Strategies, Palawan, 2050 ............................ 103

Table 25 Net savings from preventive measures for malaria. ........................................................... 104

Table 26 Income Classification of Provinces ...................................................................................... 104

Table 27 Percentages of Disease Costs Over Provincial Annual Income. ......................................... 105

Table 28 Types of Adaptation to Climate Change .............................................................................. 109

Table 29 Examples of Primary and Secondary Adaptation Measures to Reduce Health Impacts ..... 110

Table 30 Adaptation Options to Reduce the Potential Health Impacts of Climate Change ................ 110

Table 31 Health Sector Vulnerabilities to Climate Change-related diseases, 2011 ........................... 114

Table 32 Adaptations to Climate Change-related Diseases in Palawan, Pangasinan and Rizal, 2011

.................................................................................................................................................... 115

Table 33 Adaptation Evaluation Decision Matrix ................................................................................ 124

Table 34 Adaptation Evaluation Decision Matrix based on Literature ................................................ 126

Table 35 Climate Change M&E Dashboard Indicators ....................................................................... 131

Page 7: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

vii

Table 36 Matrix showing the Climate Change and Health V&A Assessment Flowchart .................... 143

Table 37 Matrix table showing the monitoring and evaluation principles, responsible actors and levels,

relevant tools and indicators to be collected ............................................................................... 145

Figures Figure 1 The Philippine Climate Change Response Framework ............................................................ 2

Figure 2 Health Sector Climate Change Vulnerability and Adaptation Framework .............................. 24

Figure 3 The Breteau Index .................................................................................................................. 34

Figure 4 Flood and landslide prone areas in Pangasinan .................................................................... 38

Figure 5 Pangasinan Provincial and Municipal boundaries rendered over the forest cover shapefile . 39

Figure 6 Sample Maps of Rizal Province in Acetate platform ............................................................... 41

Figure 7 Vulnerability to Summer Temperature .................................................................................... 42

Figure 8 Vulnerability to high rainfall and flood ..................................................................................... 43

Figure 9 Conceptual Framework for Disease Impact Modeling ............................................................ 46

Figure 10 Graphical Representation of Disease Impacts vs. Rainfall .................................................. 50

Figure 11 Matrix Showing the Correlations of Independent Variables ................................................. 53

Figure 12 Matrix Showing the R-square Value ..................................................................................... 53

Figure 13 ANOVA Matrix ....................................................................................................................... 54

Figure 14 Coefficients Matrix ................................................................................................................ 55

Figure 15 Dengue Cases, Projected Cases and CC Indicators ............................................................ 58

Figure 16 Malaria Cases, Projected Values and CC Indicators ............................................................ 58

Figure 17 Cholera Cases, Projected Values and CC Indicators ........................................................... 59

Figure 18 Leptospirosis Cases and CC Indicators ............................................................................... 59

Figure 19 Typhoid Cases and CC Indicators ........................................................................................ 60

Figure 20 Malaria Incidence: National Capital Region, 1993-2009 ...................................................... 69

Figure 21 Dengue Incidence: National Capital Region, 1993-2007...................................................... 69

Figure 22 Cholera Incidence: National Capital Region, 1992-2009...................................................... 70

Figure 23 Leptospirosis Incidence: National Capital Region, 1996-2009 ............................................. 70

Figure 24 Weather Elements and Dengue Incidence: National Capital Region, 1993-2007 ................ 72

Figure 25 Time Series Models of the Numbers of Dengue Cases ....................................................... 82

Figure 26 Integrated M&E Framework ................................................................................................ 127

Figure 27 Proposed modification of PIDSR reporting system in the light of Climate Change ............ 153

Page 8: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

viii

Acronyms and Abbreviations Used

AEFI – Adverse Event Following Immunization

AHA – Aquino Health Agenda

BHS – Barangay Health Station

CC – Climate Change

CCA – Climate Change Adaptation

CHAWF – The five sectors executing the MDGF 1656 project, namely, Coastal, Health, Agriculture,

Water, and Forestry/Biodiversity

CHD – Centers for Health Development; the regional offices of DOH

CHO – City Health Office

CIMSiM – Computational Intelligence, Modeling and Simulation

COSMIC – Computer Software Management and Information Center

CRR – Climate Risk Reduction

DA – Department of Agriculture

DALY – Disability Adjusted Life Years

DENR – Department of Environment and Natural Resources

DENSiM – Dengue Simulation Model

DILG – Department of Interior and Local Government

DOH – Department of Health

DOST – Department of Science and Technology

DRR – Disaster Risk Reduction

DTI – Department of Trade and Industry

FASPO – Foreign-Assisted and Special Projects Office (under the DENR)

FHSIS – Field Health Service Information System

FMB – Forests management Bureau

GIS – Geographical Information System

HadCM2 – Hadley Center Climate Model 2

HEMS – Health Emergency Management Service

HIV – AIDS – Health Immunodeficiency Virus – Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome

IDO – Infectious Disease Office (under the DOH – NCDPC)

IHPDS – Institute of Health Policy and Development Studies (under the NIH)

IMS – Information Management Service

IPCC – Inter-governmental Panel on Climate Change

LGU – Local Government Unit

MARA / ARMA – Mapping Malaria Risk in Africa / Atlas du Risque de la Malaria en Afrique

M&E – Monitoring and Evaluation

MDGF – Millennium Development Goal Fund

MESU – Municipal Epidemiologic Surveillance Unit

MHO – Municipal Health Office

MIASMA – Modeling Framework for the Health Impact Assessment of Man-Induced Atmospheric

Changes

NCDPC – National Center for Disease Prevention and Control (under the DOH)

NEC – National Epidemiology Center (under the DOH)

NEDA – National Economic Development Authority

NESSS – National Epidemiologic Sentinel Surveillance System

NFSCC – National Framework Strategy for Climate Change

NIH – National Institutes of Health

PAGASA – Philippine Atmospheric, Geophysical and Astronomical Services Administration (under

the DOST)

PESU – Provincial Epidemiologic Surveillance Unit

PHO – Provincial Health Office

Page 9: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

ix

PIDSR – Philippine Integrated Disease Surveillance and Response

REECS – Resources, Environment, and Economics Center for Studies, Inc.

RESU – Regional Epidemiologic Surveillance Unit

RHU – Rural Health Unit

SARS – Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome

UNDP – United Nations Development Program

UP Manila – University of the Philippines Manila

UPM – CPH - University of the Philippines Manila – College of Public Health

V&A – Vulnerability and Adaptation

WHO – World Health Organization

Page 10: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

x

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

It is now widely accepted that the earth is warming, due to the emissions of

greenhouse gases as a consequence of human activity. There is also evidence that current

trends in energy use, development and population growth will lead to continuing – and more

severe – climate change. According to WHO, climate change puts at risk the basic

determinants of health: clean air and water, sufficient food and adequate shelter. Climate

change moreover exacerbates challenges to infectious disease control. Many of the major

causes of death are highly climate sensitive especially in relation to temperature and rainfall,

including cholera and the diarrheal diseases, as well as diseases including malaria, dengue

and other infections that are vector borne (WHO, 2009).

As such, climate change now regarded as a significant and emerging threat to public

health (WHO, 2003). In addition, the latest document by the Intergovernmental Panel on

Climate Change (IPCC), reports that there is overwhelming evidence that human activities

are causing changes in the global climate and these have dire implications on human health.

Climate change is already contributing to the global burden of disease and this contribution

is expected to grow even more unless governments take specific actions to address the

impacts of climate change on health (WHO, 2009).

Health is a focus reflecting the combined impacts of climate change on the physical

environment, ecosystems, the economic environment and society. Long-term changes in

world climate may affect many requisites of good health – sufficient food, safe and adequate

drinking water, and secure dwelling. The current large-scale social and environmental

changes mean that we must assign a much higher priority to population health in the policy

debate on climate change (IDS, 2006).

Climate change will affect human health and well-being through a variety of

mechanisms. Climate change can adversely impact the availability of fresh water supplies,

and the efficiency of local sewerage systems. It is also likely to affect food security. Cereal

yields are expected to increase at high and mid latitudes but decrease at lower latitudes.

Changes in food production are likely to significantly affect health in Africa. In addition, the

distribution and seasonal transmission of several vector-borne infectious diseases (such as

malaria, dengue and schistosomiasis) may be affected by climate change. Altered

distribution of some vector species may be among the early signs of climate change that

may affect health. A change in world climate could increase the frequency and severity of

extreme weather events. The impacts on health of natural disasters are considerable – the

Page 11: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

xi

number of people killed, injured or made homeless from such causes is increasing

alarmingly. The vulnerability of people living in risk-prone areas is an important contributor to

disaster casualties and damage. An increase in heatwaves (and possibly air pollution) will be

a problem in urban areas, where excess mortality and morbidity is currently observed during

hot weather episodes (IDS, 2006).

Climate change is a huge threat to all aspects of human development and

achievement of the Millennium Development Goals for poverty reduction. Until recently,

donor agencies, national and local layers of government, and non-governmental

organizations have paid little attention to the risks and uncertainties associated with climate

change (IDS, 2006).

Stakeholders at all levels are increasingly engaging with the question of how to tackle

the impacts of climate change on development in poorer nations. There are growing efforts

to reduce negative impacts and seize opportunities by integrating climate change adaptation

into development planning, programmes and budgeting, a process known as mainstreaming.

Such a co-ordinated, integrated approach to adaptation is imperative in order to deal with the

scale and urgency of dealing with climate change impacts.

Out of the eight Millennium Development Goals (MDGs), four directly affect the

health sector. These include MDG 1: Eradicate extreme poverty and hunger, MDG 4:

Reduce child mortality, MDG 5: Improve maternal health and MDG 6: Combat HIV/AIDS,

malaria and other diseases. In the Philippines, MDG 5 has been identified as the most likely

not to be achieved target as the decrease of maternal deaths has been decreasing too

slowly to meet targets. Due to poor maternal health, child health is also in jeopardy unless

effective programs are in place. Since climate change has been identified to exacerbate the

effects of poor health, ineffective mitigation and adaptation are expected make maternal and

child health more fragile. Moreover, climate change is also expected to exacerbate vector

borne diseases such as malaria, dengue and leptospirosis. Related MDG goals especially

MDGs 4, 5 and 6 can be achieved by devising meaningful climate change adaptation

strategies that may be advanced by the results of this project.

Project Objectives

Generally, this project aimed to:

• develop a conceptual framework in the conduct of a vulnerability assessment and

impact modeling for the Public Health Sector;

Page 12: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

xii

• develop the climate change vulnerability assessment framework for the Philippine

health sector;

• develop climate change monitoring and evaluation framework/system; and

• document good and innovative practices on climate change adaptation applicable to

the Health to be presented as a compendium of climate change adaptation best

practices in the Philippine Health sector.

This final report covers project outputs of the Health Sector component on

development of vulnerability assessment framework, including impact modeling and

socioeconomic projections. We discuss background literature that informed work on the

development of evolving frameworks. Results of the first and second consultative Round

Table Discussion (RTD) are presented to show comments on previous work that contributed

to vulnerability and adaptation framework development (See Book 2, Appendices B and D

for matrices). Adaptation best practices derived from literature and field visits are also

summarized together with an evolving list of literature that was reviewed for the project See

Book 3. Finally methods used in impact modeling for climate change and health are

discussed. A discussion on the approaches to mentoring colleagues from the Department of

Health on the conduct of the V&A and Climate Change socio-economic impact evaluation is

included in the final report. Proposed training materials are also included (See Book 4).

The project analyzed the relationship of incidences of selected climate-sensitive

diseases specifically, Malaria, Dengue, Leptospirosis, Cholera and Typhoid to changes in

certain climatic parameters. The project also looks into the current preparedness of health

services and systems in the event that an increase in disease magnitude or trend change is

observed. Project results include a description of the potential vulnerability or weaknesses

of the health sector in terms of adapting to the effects of climate change to the health

determinants. Project outcomes will ultimately assist in preparing the Health Sector to

effectively address the effects of Climate Change by coming up with a Vulnerability

Assessment Framework for the Health Sector, A Climate Change Monitoring and Evaluation

Framework for the Health Sector and a Compendium of applicable Climate Change

Adaptation Practices for the Health Sector.

Page 13: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

xiii

The final project report is contained in four (4) books. Book 1 contains the main

project report; while the report annexes are in book 2. The third book contains the

compendium of best climate change adaptation practices and book four presents the training

manuals that contain step by step procedures on how to utilize the V&A framework and the

integrated M&E framework.

Health Sector Climate Change Vulnerability and Adaptation Framework

Vulnerability assessment. Vulnerability to climate change-related diseases is a function of

several factors. These factors are classified into individual/family/community, health systems

and infrastructure, pathogen/vector factors, socio-economic factors, environmental factors,

and health/environmental policy. Specific indicators in each factor define the degree of

vulnerability of human population to the climate change-related diseases. The vulnerabilities

to climate change-related diseases are summarized in the following matrix indicating only

the highly vulnerable sector of the population.

Page 14: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

xiv

Vulnerabilities to Climate Change-related diseases

Vulnerability

Indicator

Dengue Malaria Leptospirosis Cholera Typhoid

Individual,

family,

community

Young and old

ages that are

exposed outdoor

activities during

dawn and dusk

with poor

sanitary practices

and facilities, low

immune system,

poor hygienic

practices, no

access to

sanitary water,

and lack of

health facilities

are highly

vulnerable

All ages with

poor sanitary

practices and

facilities, low

immune system,

poor hygienic

practices, no

access to

sanitary water,

lack of health

facilities are

highly

vulnerable.

All ages,

families,

communities

exposed in

flood-prone

areas where

population of

rats and

animals are

high are highly

vulnerable.

All ages

where water

systems are

easily

contaminated

with septic

waste

leakages

during floods

are highly

vulnerable.

All ages foods

and water

taken are

spoiled and

contaminated

are highly

vulnerable.

health

systems and

infrastructure

Highly vulnerable are those that have no access to clinics and hospitals and drug

stores including other important medical facilities.

pathogen/

vector factors

Communities and households environment that have no proper sanitation, no waste

management system, presence of canals and water bodies that are habitat of

pathogens and vectors are highly vulnerable

socio-

economic

factors

Highly vulnerable are the poor sector of the population. Those that are below poverty

income threshold level and cannot afford doctor‘s treatment as well as medicines.

environmental

factors

Highly vulnerable are communities close to bodies of stagnant water, unsanitary

environment, lack of waste management system, temperature, rainfall and relative

humidity favoring the growth of pathogens and vectors.

health/

environmental

policy

Highly vulnerable are communities and families not covered by policies on the regular

monitoring and treatment of diseases and maintenance of a sanitary environment.

Mapping each of the vulnerable indicators and overlaying them together identifies whether

an area, community, municipality or province is highly vulnerable, moderately vulnerable or

with low vulnerability. The vulnerability map evolving from the overlaying of the individual

maps representing the different vulnerability indicators guides the local government units in

allocating their resources for preventions and treatments of climate change-related diseases.

Page 15: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

xv

Disease impact modeling. Reinforcing the vulnerable areas are the projections of potential

number of disease cases through the disease impact models developed out of existing

health and climate change data.

Assessment and evaluation of health and climate change data showed imperfect matching

and inadequacies causing major problems in developing the models. A remedial measure

adopted was to match projected climate change data from PAGASA in the four provinces

with health data. The health data were also found incomplete in terms of actual cases, alert

thresholds and epidemic thresholds. Also, adequate data on leptospirosis and typhoid is

wanting.

The models that passed statistical screening process and used in this study are:

a. Dengue Cases = -1267.347 - 0.615 * Monthly Rainfall - 21.389 * Maximum

Temperature + 31.442 * Relative Humidity

b. Cholera Cases = 8.948 + 0.026 * Monthly Rainfall - 1.681 * Maximum

Temperature + 0.663 * Relative Humidity

c. Malaria Cases = -218.918 - 0.089 * Monthly Rainfall + 7.605 Maximum

Temperature

Both dengue and cholera impact models were sensitive to monthly rainfall, maximum

temperature and relative humidity, whereas malaria is sensitive to monthly rainfall and

maximum temperature.

The models mean that for every unit of the variables, the corresponding responses of

disease cases are summarized on the table below:

Model specifications of disease cases as responses to climate change variables

Disease

Cases

One unit each of the variables will increase or decrease disease per

thousand cases

Monthly Rainfall

(mm/day)

Maximum Temperature

(degree centigrade)

Relative Humidity

(%)

Increase Decrease Increase Decrease Increase Decrease

Dengue 615 21,389 31,442

Cholera 26 1,681 663

Malaria 89 7,605

Page 16: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

xvi

Costs of Dengue. There are projected 1,735 cases of dengue in NCR in 2020. This will

require a total cost of PhP7.59 Mil for diagnosis, treatment cost of PhP4.29 Mil and a total

income loss of PhP2.11 Mil from families that will be affected.. The total cost of dengue will

be PhP13.99 Mil. If prevention measures will be done, the cost is estimated at PhP2.8 Mil,

which will give the LGU a net saving of PhP11.19 Mil.

In 2050, there will be 2128 dengue cases. the cost is PhP43.6 Mil. If preventive measures

will be implemented with a cost of PhP8.11Mil, the net saving is PhP35.51 Mil.

Costs of Malaria. The potential number of cases of malaria in 2020 is 187. The total fund

required (total cost for diagnosis plus the total cost of treatment) is PhP0.68 Mil. The cost of

preventing malaria is PhP0.28 Mil. This will give a saving of PhP0.4 Mil for the LGU.

In 2050, there will be 185 malaria cases. This will require a total budget of PhP2.38 M for the

diagnoses and treatments. The prevention cost of malaria is PhP1.0 Mil. Doing the

preventive measures will save PhP1.38 Mil for the LGU.

Cost of Leptospirosis, Cholera and Typhoid. There were no cost data on the diagnoses,

treatments, income losses and costs of prevention for leptospirosis, cholera, and typhoid in

NCR, Palawan, Pangasinan, and Rizal. Thus, no economic analyses were done.

Adaptation Practices. The main objective of this activity were to identify policy options and

measures on climate change adaptation measures on health that suit Philippine setting and

the integration of these measures for national and local development planning processes.

These outputs were obtained through an intensive literature review, as well as consultation

with experts on the various diseases and meetings with representatives of health agencies.

Validation was undertaken through the visits in 3 selected provinces namely Palawan, Rizal

and Pangasinan.

Experiences with the different adaptation practices where they have been implemented were

gathered through an extensive search of related literature from the internet and through

presentations of experts on the various diseases. These practices are being assessed and

attempts are also being made to explain successes and failures, especially the factors that

contributed to them. The adaptation strategy were categorized to address the vulnerabilities

identified in the V&A framework, comprising of the following: (a) individual/family/community;

(b) health system and infrastructure; (c) pathogen and vector factors; (d) socio-economic

factors; (e) environmental factors; and (f) health and environmental policy. The adaptation

Page 17: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

xvii

measures must incorporate capacitating the individual, family, and/or community to analyze

and adequately respond to future climate risks.

Based on consultations with health workers in Palawan, Pangasinan and Rizal, the

adaptation measures that they use to prevent and control the spread of dengue, malaria,

leptospirosis, cholera and typhoid are summarized in the following matrix.

Adaptations to Climate Change-related Diseases in Palawan, Pangasinan and Rizal

Adaptation

Practices

Dengue Malaria Leptospirosis Cholera Typhoid

Individuals and Family

Use of treated or

untreated

mosquito nets.

Proper use of

nets at the

right time and

right place

Proper use of

nets at the right

time and right

place

Provision of

screens and

sealing of holes in

houses

Prevent

entries of

mosquitoes

Prevent entries

of mosquitoes

Cleanliness of

immediate

household‘s

surroundings

Removal of

waters in

containers

inside and

outside the

house

Removal of

breeding

grounds of

mosquitoes

inside and

outside the

house by

practicing

proper waste

disposal

Elimination of

damp areas

conducive for

rat‘s habitat.

Clean drainage

system most

often to prevent

breeding

grounds of rats

Water, sanitation

and good hygienic

practices

Source out

water for

drinking that are

safe or free from

contamination.

Sterilize water

before drinking.

Store foods

properly

avoiding

contacts with

probable

carriers of

cholera. Practice

sanitation and

Same as

cholera

Page 18: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

xviii

Adaptation

Practices

Dengue Malaria Leptospirosis Cholera Typhoid

good hygiene in

the family.

Consciousness on

good health

maintenance

Early diagnosis and treatment of climate change-related diseases.

Maintenance of

pets at home that

can reduce growth

of vectors and

pathogens

Breeding of larvivarous species

of fish

Maintenance of

cats that feed

on rats

Barangay or

Community

Presence of active

barangay health

workers.

Report

suspected

cases to

hospitals for

immediate

diagnosis

and

treatment

Microscopists

for malaria only

for immediate

diagnosis and

treatment of

climate

change-health

related

diseases

Report cases of

suspected

infected

persons for

treatment

Refer cases to

hospitals for

diagnosis and

treatment

Refer cases

to hospitals

for

immediate

diagnosis

and

treatment

Decanting Spraying

pesticides

that are not

toxic to

human being

Destroy rats

and breeding

grounds and

habitat

Provision of a

centralized clean

water sources that

are well protected

and maintained

whole year round

Spring development; Prevention

of water source contamination

by sealing potential entry of

pathogens/vectors.

Community

ordinances: zoning

and resettlement

of high risk groups

or informal

settlers.

Resettlement

in dengue-

free zones.

Resettlement in

malaria free

zone.

Resettlement in

elevated and

non-flood prone

areas.

Remove sources of water

contamination or resettlement

contaminated groups.

Proper waste

management

system at

community level

Removal of wastes that

promote growth of

pathogens/vectors; cleaning of

water ways

Eliminate

breeding

grounds of rats

Removal of

sources of

contamination;

location of water

sources away

Prevent

sources of

pathogens/

vectors

Page 19: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

xix

Adaptation

Practices

Dengue Malaria Leptospirosis Cholera Typhoid

from

sewage/waste

dumping areas.

dengue

coming from

waste/sewa

ge areas.

Presence of

manned and active

health workers in

BHCs.

Regular diagnosis, treatment and referrals/endorsement to hospitals that can treat

diseases.

Information and

Education

Campaign at the

Community Level

Barangay Health Centers with regular information campaign activities for the

barangay population regarding prevention adaptation measures of all diseases

Health systems and infrastructure

Presence of a

network of

complimentary

hospitals complete

with laboratory,

medicines, and

medical facilities

within the province

where costs of

diagnosis and

treatments are

affordable.

Conduct thorough diagnoses and treatments of infected persons.

Health care

system

PhilHealth card necessary for each family

Holistic health

maintenance

projects

Fourmula-1,

Vaccination,

PIDSR, etc.

Fourmula-1,

PIDSR, malaria

treatment

medicines, etc.

Fourmula 1,

PIDSR,

leptospirosis

treatment

medicines

Fourmula 1,

PIDSR, cholera

treatment

medicines

Fourmula 1,

PIDSR,

typhoid

treatment

medicines

Pathogen/vector factors

Innovative

practices to

eliminate vectors

and pathogens.

Solar insecticide capture and

destroy

Rats trapping Floating Toilet

Device

Floating

Toilet

Device

Page 20: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

xx

Adaptation

Practices

Dengue Malaria Leptospirosis Cholera Typhoid

Regular spraying

of chemicals that

are non- toxic to

human beings to

eliminate

pathogens and

vectors inside and

outside the house.

Regular and simultaneous

spraying that kills mosquitoes

and other insects, fungi and

other pathogens in all houses

and breeding grounds in a

barangay.

Regular and

simultaneous

decanting by

barangay level.

Elimination of

growth factors and

habitat.

Cleaning of water ways,

streams and other water

bodies, and proper sanitary

practices at the household

level.

Cleaning of

canals; removal

of rat habitat

and wastes.

Avoid food spoilage by

refrigeration and maintenance

of clean and safe water

sources.

Socio-economic Factors

Health subsidies

in vulnerable

communities or

barangays.

Subsidies to all vulnerable families in the form of free or affordable health card.

Provision of

livelihood and

income generating

projects to

increase income of

vulnerable

communities.

Planting, processing and marketing of medicinal plants proven to strengthen immune

system; manufacture and marketing of decanting and trap gadgets; production and

marketing of insect repellants; production, breeding and marketing of pets that feed

on insects and rats.

PPP for clean and

safe water system

Replace old

water system

vulnerable to

contamination

Replace old

water

system

vulnerable to

contaminatio

n.

Environmental factors

Forestation Planting and

management

of integrated

forest

plantations

that drive

away

mosquitoes

Planting and

management of

integrated

forest

plantations that

drive away

mosquitoes

Planting of

forest species

that attract rats

from residential

areas.

Establishment,

maintenance and

management of

Eliminates breeding grounds of

insects, pathogens and vectors.

Eliminates

breeding

Eliminates breeding grounds of

insects, pathogens and vectors.

Page 21: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

xxi

Adaptation

Practices

Dengue Malaria Leptospirosis Cholera Typhoid

sanitary landfills. grounds of rats.

Periodic cleaning

and declogging of

waterways,

streams and rivers

to allow waterflow

continuously.

Breeding grounds of

mosquitoes in stagnant water

are destroyed.

Flowing

streamflow

prevent s

depostion of

wastes for rat

foods .

Clean and declogged

waterways also washout

pathogens and vectors that live

on stagnant water.

Health/ environmental policy

Policy on the

integration of

health and climate

change education

in primary and

secondary

education

Education on

the

prevention of

dengue at

home and in

school .

Education on

the prevention

of malaria at

home and in

school.

Education on

the prevention

of leptospirosis

Education on

the prevention of

cholera

Education

on the

prevention

of typhoid

Climate risk

proofing policies

Adoption and implementation of adaptation measures for climate change-related

health problems in all DOH projects

Policy on

mandatory

coverage of

population for

health care system

Full coverage in highly vulnerable areas.

Policy on

Strengthened

Provincial Disaster

Coordinating

Council

Creation of a sub-council on disease-related disaster prevention and management

Disaster

preparedness

policy.

Nationwide capacity building of people on disaster preparedness brought about by

climate change-related diseases.

Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) Framework. This is an offshoot of existing DOH-

PIDSAR, NGAs, and at the international level, the UNDP-GEF-M&E, and M&E of the

International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies. These M&Es monitor

climate change adaptation and climate change programs.

The schematic diagram of the Integrated M&E for health under climate change conditions is

shown in the following figure.

Page 22: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

xxii

Integrated M&E Framework

The components of the M&E framework are the climate change indicators, the vulnerability

factors, PIDSAR and the adaptation measures component. These components are

discussed in the major components.

Conclusions

A Vulnerability and Adaptation Impact Assessment Framework for the health sector was

devised for this project and grounded the results and outputs of the study. The research

team utilized this framework to test the other deliverables of the study and found that the

framework works.

The categories of vulnerabilities that were culled from the review of literature and the round

table discussion provided focus and specificity to the vulnerability assessment and

adaptation documentation. Hence the team deems it is safe to be recommended for use in

the country. While utilizable, the team avers that the framework can still be refined through

Page 23: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

xxiii

pilot tests of the framework and its parts in different areas of the country and for various

usages.

The following section provides more specific conclusions from the applications of the

vulnerability assessment models that were derived in the project.

1. Disease impact models for dengue, malaria, and cholera were developed out of available

data from the NCR and PHOs of Palawan, Pangasinan and Rizal. The robustness of the

models depend on the accuracy of the health and climate data measurements or

estimations. Leptospirosis and typhoid impact models were not formulated due to

inadequate data.Disease impacts for 2020 and 2050 were conducted using the projection

models that passed the statistical screening process. Refinements of the models may be

done as additional data on health and climate change are made available.

2. Assessment and evaluation of health data showed purely medical-related data and no

climate change data. This was a major problem. A remedial measure adopted was to match

climate change data from PAGASA in the NCR, Palawan, Pangasinan and Rizal. The health

data were also found incomplete in leptospirosis and typhoid. Also, disease cases were not

available in Palawan, Pangasinan and Rizal. This could be due to lack of real disease

occurrence or with disease occurrence but no documentation. Likewise, in NCR, only

disease cases were available.

The Time Series Analysis also provided important insights into the climate change and

impact assessments:

3. Consistent results that the observed minimum temperatures for the current month provide

the most significant positive contributions to the model to predict the number of dengue

cases for any month of observation.

4. A peak of dengue incidence occurs thereafter in about a month after the start of the

increase of cases. This coincides with the years when a surge of cases was

experienced in NCR (as was mentioned previously: 1996, 1998, 2001, 2005 and 2006).

(This is evident as crests of maximum temperature seem to frequently transpire a little

earlier compared to the peaks of minimum temperature. This would be consistent with

the lack of significance in estimates for dengue cases based on maximum

temperature.)

Page 24: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

xxiv

Economic impact analyses were accomplished for dengue and malaria. Other diseases

such as leptospirosis, cholera, and typhoid were not covered in the economic analysis due to

lack of data. Rizal was not also covered because of lack of both climate change and

economic data on the selected diseases.

5. The results in NCR and Palawan indicate that malaria and dengue in 2020 would require

about 1% of its annual income for the diagnoses and treatments of malaria and dengue. In

2050, the allocation for funding for the same diseases would reach no less than 2% of the

provincial income.

6. However, Pangasinan in 2020 would need about 18% of its income only for diagnoses

and treatments of malaria and dengue. In 2050, the budget requirement for both diseases

would be reduced to 4% owing to the reduced number of malaria and dengue cases, which

is not attributed to preventive measures that would be implemented, but to the changes in

the climate indicators. Such climate change nonetheless, may be good from the point of view

of reducing disease occurrence.

7. Considering the five diseases for budgeting purposes, the provincial government may

allocate in the future roughly a total of 2.5% of the income of Palawan in 2020 and 5% in

2050 assuming that the average cost requirement of each disease would more or less be the

same with malaria and or dengue. On the other hand, Pangasinan would allocate roughly

45% of its income in 2020 to address the five diseases and 20% in 2050.

8. Considering the substantial savings that could be generated from applying preventive

measures, the two provincial governments may consider investing on financing preventive

measures to lessen the cost impacts of the diseases, thus lessen the burden of the

provincial governments in addressing these diseases.

9. Provincial and municipal governments should not wait for the diseases to reach epidemic

levels before they address the malaria and dengue outbreaks as well as other diseases that

would emerge and be aggravated by climate change conditions. It is most certainly

beneficial to prevent disease outbreaks before they even emerge.

10. Applying effective preventive measures against dengue would result in significant

savings on the part of the provincial government in the amounts of PhP 10.9 M in 2020 and

PhP 31.69 M in 2050.

Page 25: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

xxv

Recommendations

1. The most critical recommendation that this study provides is that there is a need to

improve the data bases and information systems that feeds into climate change vulnerability

and adaptation assessment for the health sector. Currently, there are no linked data

between health outcomes and meteorological information. Timely disease surveillance and

case finding may be triggered by accurate weather and climate information that should be

provided to health and LGU managers at all levels.

Governments should engage more actively with the scientific community, who in turn

must be supported to provide easily accessible climate risk information.

Climate risk information should put current and future climate in the perspective of national

development priorities.

Information needs of different actors should be considered and communication tailored more

specifically to users, including the development community

2. Another major recommendation is to create systems to strengthen mainstreaming

adaptation within existing poverty alleviation policy frameworks. There is a lack of research

on the extent to which climate change, and environmental issues more broadly, have been

integrated within national policy and planning frameworks. National Adaptation Programmes

of Action or NAPA was a project funded by the Least Development Countries Fund (LDC

Fund) and commissioned by the UNFCCC to the 48 least developed countries need to be

utilized for this purpose.

This is critical. Examples of efforts from Sri Lanka, Bangladesh, Tanzania, Uganda, Sudan,

Mexico and Kenya are presented, highlighting a number of key issues relating to current

experiences of integrating climate change into poverty reduction efforts (IDS, 2006).

As previously discussed climate change stakeholders at all levels are increasingly engaging

with the question of how to tackle the impacts of climate change on development in poorer

nations. There are growing efforts to reduce negative impacts and seize opportunities by

integrating climate change adaptation into development planning, programmes and

budgeting, a process known as mainstreaming. Such a co-ordinated, integrated approach to

adaptation is imperative in order to deal with the scale and urgency of dealing with climate

change impacts (IDS, 2006).

Page 26: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

xxvi

In developed countries progress on mainstreaming climate adaptation has been limited.

Many countries have carried out climate change projections and impact assessments, but

few have started consultation processes to look at adaptation options and identify policy

responses.

The following section provides more detailed recommendations for specific research outputs:

On Impact modeling

For better disease impact modeling, the following are strongly recommended:

Improve existing database on health and climate change through standardization of health

and climate change data monitoring forms and that data gathering should be localized. Since

the occurrences of diseases are localized and climate change variations are also localized,

there is a need to strengthen the PHO and LGU in each province on health and climate

change indicators monitoring, modeling, and analysis. The reason for this is to enable the

health sector for immediate response to address climate change health-related problems

without waiting decisions from the national level.

Basic weather instrumentation set up containing rain gauge, thermometer, evaporation pan,

relative humidity measurer, wind velocity meter may be funded out of the IRAs of each of the

provinces and may be installed in the municipalities. This is important to capacitate the

municipal LGUs and provincial PHOs on health and climate change concerns so that

immediate adaptation measures can be implemented right where the problems are.

Intensify research on the environmental habitat of disease vectors including the climate

change conditions favoring their growth and their life cycles. Determine to what extent does

the vector live and in what conditions. Identify the types of vector, where they are and

estimate vector population so that proper strategies to control their spread may be

implemented without waiting for an outbreak. Knowing the vulnerable areas by barangay

would be a significant step in controlling diseases. In modeling, there is a need to include

environmental variables that favor the occurrences of disease vectors and their population in

addition to the climatic factors

Vulnerability assessment at the barangay level should be mapped for effective

implementation of adaptation measures.

The models are not advisable for national application due to differences in the environmental

conditions and climatic change factors in each of the provinces. Averaging provincial data

would result in substantial discrepancies between predicted values and actual disease

Page 27: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

xxvii

observations due to substantial inter-provincial variations on climatic and environmental

conditions. The only remedy is for each province to develop its own impact models for

climate change-sensitive diseases.

In order to address the threats of the climate change-related diseases, preventive measures

were recommended for implementation for malaria and dengue control. Thus, the provincial

governments are encouraged to fund such preventive measures to restrict the possible

spread of the diseases. The effective implementation of the preventive measures will result

in substantial savings from the income of the provincial government.

Other recommendations that would help the provincial governments to become more

responsive in addressing the threats of climate change-related diseases include the

following:

7. Conduct of studies on economic impacts of other climate change-related diseases such

as leptospirosis, cholera, and typhoid in Palawan and Pangasinan.

8. Conduct of studies of economic impacts of malaria, dengue, leptospirosis, cholera, and

typhoid in Rizal Province and other provinces that are vulnerable to climate change.

9. Pursue studies on the costs of other adaptation measures on health to minimize or control

the impacts of climate change-related diseases.

Recommendations from time Series Analysis

10. Regarding the generalizability of the results of the models developed, though the data

analysis had solely used data from cities of NCR, it would be potentially useful to also

apply the results to other LGUs elsewhere (i.e. other urban areas) where communities

have experienced outbreaks of dengue in the past. It is therefore critical that local health

officials should work closely with national health authorities to coordinate efforts in mitigating

the effects of a rise in temperature (i.e. recorded minimum temperature) on a possible

increase in dengue cases and/or the occurrence of dengue outbreaks particularly during

periods when an occurrence of an El Niño/La Niña –Southern Oscillation (ENSO) condition

in the Pacific Ocean is announced and experienced.

Policy Recommendations

Policy recommendations have largely been culled from the literature as a full policy analysis

for climate change and health was not feasible within the project. International experiences

Page 28: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

xxviii

so far highlight a number of barriers and opportunities to mainstreaming climate change

adaptation in developing countries. These are focused around information, institutions,

inclusion, incentives and international finance, and result in a number of recommendations

for national governments (IDS, 2006).

The following section contains those recommendations deemed appropriate for the

Philippines.

Recommendations for stakeholders:

A multi-stakeholder coordination committee should be established to manage national

adaptation strategies, chaired by a senior ministry.

Regulatory issues should be considered from the start of the mainstreaming process.

The capacity of existing poverty reduction mechanisms is consistent with existing policy

criteria, development objectives and management structures.

Policy-makers should look for policies that address current vulnerabilities and development

needs, as well as potential climate risks.

Actions to address vulnerability to climate change should be pursued through social

development, service provision and improved natural resource management practices.

A broad range of stakeholders should be involved in climate change policy-making, including

civil society, sectoral departments and senior policy-makers.

Climate change adaptation should be informed by successful ground-level experiences in

vulnerability reduction.

NGOs should play a dominant role in building awareness and capacity at the local level.

Recommendations for incentives:

Donors should provide incentives for developing country governments to take particular

adaptation actions, appropriate to local contexts.

The economic case for different adaptation options should be communicated widely.

A risk-based approach to adaptation should be adopted, informed by bottom-up

experiences of vulnerability and existing responses.

Page 29: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

xxix

Approaches to disaster risk reduction and climate change adaptation should be merged in a

single framework, using shared tools.

Finally, the major results of the study can be summarized into the Health Sector Climate

Change Vulnerability and Adaptation Matrix which follows:

Health Sector Climate Change Vulnerability and Adaptation Matrix

Area/Sector (C, H, A, W, F)

CC Vulnerability Socio-Economic

Impact Adaptation

Option/Activities

HEALTH Climate Sensitive

Diseases Projections

Malaria is projected to have 258 new cases by 2020, and 308 new cases by 2050.

By 2020, there will be 143 new cases of cholera. In 2050, there will be 99 new cases of cholera.

Dengue cases in NCR will amount to 2,128 by 2020, and 1,735 cases in 2050.

(No projections were made for leptospirosis and typhoid fever due to the lack of models.)

Individual, family,

community

Poor sanitary practices and facilities

Low immune system

Poor hygienic practices

Poor access to potable water

No access to health facilities

Exposure to vectors,

Malaria

For every unit of monthly rainfall, malaria will be reduced by 89 per 1,000 cases.

Cholera

For every unit of monthly rainfall, cholera cases will increase by 26 per 1,000 cases.

For every unit of maximum temperature, cholera cases will be increased by nearly 8 cases.

For every unit of maximum temperature, cholera cases will decline by almost 2 cases.

For every unit of relative humidity, cholera cases will increase by 662 per 1,000 cases.

Dengue

For every unit of

Construction of climate resistant houses

Ensure adequate supply of potable water: SODIS, SCW System

Regular house-spraying

Provision of insecticide-treated bed nets in Malaria endemic areas

Improve household sanitation

Floating Toilet Device

Page 30: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

xxx

Area/Sector (C, H, A, W, F)

CC Vulnerability Socio-Economic

Impact Adaptation

Option/Activities contaminated water and food

Do not have climate change resistant shelters

Live in disaster prone areas i.e. flood plains or watershed slopes

monthly rainfall, dengue cases will decline by 615 per 1,000 cases.

In NCR, for every 1° C increase in recorded minimum temperature, an expected 233 cases of dengue is predicted to occur.

For every unit of maximum temperature, dengue will decrease by about 21 cases.

For every unit of relative humidity, dengue cases will rise by about 31 cases.

By 2020, the total cost of diagnosis & treatment of dengue and malaria as a percentage of annual provincial income will be 0.15% for Palawan, and 7.21% for Pangasinan.

By 2050, the total cost of diagnosis & treatment of dengue and malaria as a percentage of annual provincial income will be 0.53% for Palawan, and 18.03% for Pangasinan.

For every 1°C increase in temperature, the mosquito population increases ten-fold (east African highlands, 2009)

Increased bite rate of

Health Systems and

Infrastructure

Inequitable

distribution of health

system factors i.e.

clinics, hospitals,

pharmacies and

human resources for

health (HRH) that

lead to population‘s

lack of access to

quality basic health

services

Health information

system not related to

climate change leads

to difficulty in

monitoring climate

change related

illnesses

Disease prevention

and health promotion

systems weak

Inability to respond properly & quickly to emergency/disaster situations

Implementation of education campaigns to eliminate breeding sites

Adoption of a risk-based approach to adaptation

Improved disease monitoring and surveillance systems

Early case detection and improved case management

Pathogen/vector factors

Poor sanitation

facilities and systems

Solid waste

management systems

below standard

Presence of vector

habitats (e.g. canals

and bodies of water)

Release of sterile male vectors

Introduction of larvivarous fish in natural and artificial ponds and wetlands

Page 31: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

xxxi

Area/Sector (C, H, A, W, F)

CC Vulnerability Socio-Economic

Impact Adaptation

Option/Activities Socio-economic factors

Below poverty threshold level

Unable to afford or sustain recommended treatment

mosquitoes with increased temperature

Contamination of water sources

the potential impacts of climate change would be US$5–19 million by 2050 in terms of loss of public safety, increased vector- and waterborne diseases, and

increased malnutrition from food shortages during extreme events (Fiji, WHO 2003)

Provision of a National disaster insurance fund

Environmental factors

Human proximity to vector habitats (e.g. canals, bodies of water)

Temperature, rainfall and relative humidity favors vector and pathogen growth

Integrated water management

Weather forecasting and early warning systems

Water disinfection through the use of solar power (e.g. SCW System, SODIS)

Integrated environmental management

Health/environmental policy

Lack of policies on regular monitoring and treatment of diseases

Lack of policies on maintenance of a sanitary environment

Lack of effective policies on

Weak implementation of existing policies on disease control.

Ban on precarious residential placements

Land zoning restrictions based on hydrological and risk assessment studies

Establishment of a multi-stakeholder coordination committee to manage national adaptation strategies

Use of radio and television for information dissemination

Mainstreaming of Climate Change into government policies

Page 32: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

1

I. INTRODUCTION

It is now widely accepted that the earth is warming, due to the emissions of

greenhouse gases as a consequence of human activity. There is also evidence that current

trends in energy use, development and population growth will lead to continuing – and more

severe – climate change. According to WHO, climate change puts at risk the basic

determinants of health: clean air and water, sufficient food and adequate shelter. Climate

change moreover exacerbates challenges to infectious disease control. Many of the major

causes of death are highly climate sensitive especially in relation to temperature and rainfall,

including cholera and the diarrheal diseases, as well as diseases including malaria, dengue

and other infections that are vector borne (WHO, 2009).

As such, climate change now regarded as a significant and emerging threat to public

health (WHO, 2003). In addition, the latest document by the Intergovernmental Panel on

Climate Change (IPCC), reports that there is overwhelming evidence that human activities

are causing changes in the global climate and these have dire implications on human health.

Climate change is already contributing to the global burden of disease and this contribution

is expected to grow even more unless governments take specific actions to address the

impacts of climate change on health (WHO, 2009).

Health is a focus reflecting the combined impacts of climate change on the physical

environment, ecosystems, the economic environment and society. Long-term changes in

world climate may affect many requisites of good health – sufficient food, safe and adequate

drinking water, and secure dwelling. The current large-scale social and environmental

changes mean that we must assign a much higher priority to population health in the policy

debate on climate change (IDS, 2006).

Climate change will affect human health and well-being through a variety of

mechanisms. Climate change can adversely impact the availability of fresh water supplies,

and the efficiency of local sewerage systems. It is also likely to affect food security. Cereal

yields are expected to increase at high and mid latitudes but decrease at lower latitudes.

Changes in food production are likely to significantly affect health in Africa. In addition, the

distribution and seasonal transmission of several vector-borne infectious diseases (such as

malaria, dengue and schistosomiasis) may be affected by climate change. Altered

distribution of some vector species may be among the early signs of climate change that

may affect health. A change in world climate could increase the frequency and severity of

extreme weather events. The impacts on health of natural disasters are considerable – the

number of people killed, injured or made homeless from such causes is increasing

Page 33: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

2

alarmingly. The vulnerability of people living in risk-prone areas is an important contributor to

disaster casualties and damage. An increase in heatwaves (and possibly air pollution) will be

a problem in urban areas, where excess mortality and morbidity is currently observed during

hot weather episodes (IDS, 2006).

The effects of Climate Change have always been linked to recent disasters in the

Philippines. Catastrophic phenomena such as El Niño, La Niña, and severe flooding have

taken numerous lives and destroyed properties. Consequently, these events have

enlightened our country and the international community into recognizing that Climate

Change is real and now and thus should be demystified with appropriate attention.

From the time climate change has taken the limelight in the world stage, much effort

and financial resources have already been spent and channeled worldwide. In the

Philippines, the government has already started putting up action plans, mitigation and

adaptation strategies to address the impacts of climate change. However, even with all

these efforts, not much focus has been given to the health sector as evidenced by the

inadequacy of available research and literature on the climate change and health and the

inadequacy of action plans to address climate change impacts on health directly.

Figure 1 The Philippine Climate Change Response Framework

(Source: Presidential Task Force on Climate Change)

Page 34: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

3

The Department of Health of the Philippines has started laying out plans in

addressing the aforementioned concerns on climate change and health in accordance with

the Philippine Climate change Response Framework as shown in Figure 1. A national policy

on Climate Change mitigation and adaptation has already been enacted. However, the

mitigation and adaptation strategies that will effectively address climate change needs to be

integrated and multi-sectoral while being culturally relevant and appropriate to the resource

availability within the different regions. This is also the case in other nations of the world.

Hence, the United Nations and Government of Spain implemented a joint program in the

country that was aimed at strengthening the Philippines‘ institutional capacity to adapt to

climate change. This program focused on five priority sectors including Coastal, Health,

Agriculture, Water, and Forestry/Biodiversity (CHAWF). The program sought to mainstream

climate risk adaptation into key national & local development planning & regulatory

processes, enhance capacities of key partners and communities to undertake climate

resilient development, and test integrated adaptation approaches with up scaling potential.

The program brought together GOP and UN partners over a period of 3 years to complete

the country‘s knowledge base and strengthen institutional capacities to manage climate

change risks. The University of the Philippines Manila, through the Institute of Health Policy

and Development Studies, was one of the UP units that were commissioned to undertake

the present study to represent the health sector.

Health Millennium Development Goals

Climate change is a huge threat to all aspects of human development and

achievement of the Millennium Development Goals for poverty reduction. Until recently,

donor agencies, national and local layers of government, and non-governmental

organizations have paid little attention to the risks and uncertainties associated with climate

change (IDS, 2006).

Now, however, players at all levels are increasingly engaging with the question of

how to tackle the impacts of climate change on development in poorer nations. There are

growing efforts to reduce negative impacts and seize opportunities by integrating climate

change adaptation into development planning, programmes and budgeting, a process known

as mainstreaming. Such a coordinated, integrated approach to adaptation is imperative in

order to deal with the scale and urgency of dealing with climate change impacts.

Page 35: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

4

In developed countries progress on mainstreaming climate adaptation has been

limited. Many countries have carried out climate change projections and impact

assessments, but few have started consultation processes to look at adaptation options and

identify policy responses.

In developing countries, the mainstreaming process is also in its early stages. Small

island developing states have made good progress, with Caribbean countries among the first

to start work on adaptation. The Pacific islands have received considerable support and

through the World Bank a number of initiatives have begun.

Crucially, there has been little progress in mainstreaming adaptation within existing

poverty alleviation policy frameworks. There is a lack of research on the extent to which

climate change, and environmental issues more broadly, have been integrated within

PRSPs. This is critical. Examples of efforts from Sri Lanka, Bangladesh, Tanzania, Uganda,

Sudan, Mexico and Kenya are presented, highlighting a number of key issues relating to

current experiences of integrating climate change into poverty reduction efforts.

Out of the eight Millennium Development Goals (MDGs), four directly affect the

health sector. These include MDG 1: Eradicate extreme poverty and hunger, MDG 4:

Reduce child mortality, MDG 5: Improve maternal health and MDG 6: Combat HIV/AIDS,

malaria and other diseases. In the Philippines, MDG 5 has been identified as the most likely

not to be achieved target as the decrease of maternal deaths has been decreasing too

slowly to meet targets. Due to poor maternal health, child health is also in jeopardy unless

effective programs are in place. Since climate change has been identified to exacerbate the

effects of poor health, ineffective mitigation and adaptation are expected make maternal and

child health more fragile. Moreover, climate change is also expected to exacerbate vector

borne diseases such as malaria, dengue and leptospirosis. Related MDG goals especially

MDGs 4, 5 and 6 can be achieved by devising meaningful climate change adaptation

strategies that may be advanced by the results of this project.

Project Objectives

Generally, this project aimed to:

1. develop a conceptual framework in the conduct of a vulnerability assessment and

impact modeling for the Public Health Sector;

2. develop the climate change vulnerability assessment framework for the Philippine

health sector;

Page 36: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

5

3. develop climate change monitoring and evaluation framework/system; and

4. document good and innovative practices on climate change adaptation applicable to

the Health to be presented as a compendium of climate change adaptation best

practices in the Philippine Health sector.

This final report covers project outputs of the Health Sector component on

development of vulnerability assessment framework, including impact modeling and

socioeconomic projections. We discuss background literature that informed work on the

development of evolving frameworks. Results of the first and second consultative Round

Table Discussion (RTD) are presented to show comments on previous work that contributed

to vulnerability and adaptation framework development (See Book 2, Appendices B and D

for matrices). Adaptation best practices derived from literature and field visits are also

summarized together with an evolving list of literature that was reviewed for the project (See

Book 3). Finally methods used in impact modeling for climate change and health are

discussed. A discussion on the approaches to mentoring colleagues from the Department of

Health on the conduct of the V&A and Climate Change socio-economic impact evaluation is

included in the final report. Proposed training materials are also included (See Book 4).

The project analyzed the relationship of incidences of selected climate-sensitive

diseases specifically, Malaria, Dengue, Leptospirosis, Cholera and Typhoid to changes in

certain climatic parameters. The project also looks into the current preparedness of health

services and systems in the event that an increase in disease magnitude or trend change is

observed. Project results include a description of the potential vulnerability or weaknesses

of the health sector in terms of adapting to the effects of climate change to the health

determinants. Project outcomes will ultimately assist in preparing the Health Sector to

effectively address the effects of Climate Change by coming up with a Vulnerability

Assessment Framework for the Health Sector, A Climate Change Monitoring and Evaluation

Framework for the Health Sector and a Compendium of applicable Climate Change

Adaptation Practices for the Health Sector.

The final project report is contained in four (4) books. Book 1 contains the main

project report; while the report annexes are in Book 2. The third book contains the

compendium of best climate change adaptation practices and book four presents the training

manuals that contain step by step procedures on how to utilize the V&A framework and the

integrated M&E framework.

Page 37: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

6

II. CONCEPTUAL AND PROCESS FRAMEWORK OF THE

HEALTH SECTOR STUDY

A. Concepts and Terminologies

The World Health Organization (WHO) reports that climatic changes over recent

decades have probably already affected some health outcomes. The World Health Report

2002 says that climate change was estimated to be responsible in year 2000 for

approximately 2.4% of worldwide diarrhea, and 6% of malaria in some middle-income

countries. The first detectable changes in human health may well be alterations in the

geographic range (latitude and altitude) and seasonality of certain infectious diseases –

including vector-borne infections such as malaria and dengue fever, and food-borne

infections which normally peak in the warmer months. Warmer average temperatures

combined with increased climatic variability would alter the pattern of exposure to thermal

extremes and resultant health impacts (WHO, 2002).

The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) concluded that overall,

climate change is projected to increase threats to human health, particularly in lower income

populations and predominantly within tropical/subtropical countries. Three broad categories

of health impacts are associated with climatic conditions: (1) impacts that are directly related

to weather/climate; (2) impacts that result from environmental changes that occur in

response to climatic change; and (3) impacts resulting from consequences of climate-

induced economic dislocation, environmental decline, and conflict. The first two categories

are often referred to as climate-sensitive diseases; these include changes in the frequency

and intensity of thermal extremes and extreme weather events (i.e., floods and droughts)

that directly affect population health, and indirect impacts that occur through changes in the

range and intensity of infectious diseases and food- and waterborne diseases and changes

in the prevalence of diseases associated with air pollutants and aeroallergens (Mc Carthy et

al, 2001).

Vulnerability is defined by the IPCC as “the degree, to which a system is

susceptible to, or unable to cope with, adverse effects of climate change, including

climate variability and extremes. Vulnerability is a function of the character, magnitude,

and rate of climate change and variation to which a system is exposed, its sensitivity, and its

adaptive capacity‖ (McCarthy et al., 2001).

Page 38: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

7

This project subscribes to the following notion: the greater the exposure or

sensitivity to the effects of climate change, the greater the vulnerability; the greater

the adaptive capacity, the lower the vulnerability. An assessment of vulnerability must

consider all these components to be comprehensive. An impact of climate change is

typically the effect of climate change. Biophysical systems can undergo change in terms

of productivity, quality, or affect population (in specific numbers or ranges). For societal

systems, impact can be measured as change in value (e.g., gain or loss of income) or in

morbidity, mortality, or other measure of well-being (Parry and Carter, 1998).

The vulnerability of human health to climate change is a function of three

components namely; sensitivity, exposure, and adaptation:

Sensitivity, which includes the extent to which health or nature or social systems on

which health outcomes depend, are sensitive to changes in weather and climate

(exposure–response relationship). Sensitivity to climate change may also be

determined by the characteristics of the population, such as its level of development

and demographic structure;

Exposure to weather or climate-related hazard, including the character, magnitude

and rate of climate variation; and

Adaptation measures and actions in place to reduce the burden of a specific adverse

health outcome (the adaptation baseline). The effectiveness of adaptation measures

are determined in part by the exposure–response relationship.

Populations, subgroups and systems that cannot or will not adapt are more

vulnerable, and may be similar to those that are more susceptible to weather and climate

changes. Understanding a population‘s capacity to adapt to new climate conditions is crucial

to realistically assessing the potential health effects of climate change. In general, the

vulnerability of a population to a health risk depends on factors such as population

density, level of economic development, food availability, income level and

distribution, local environmental conditions, health status, and the quality and

availability of health care. These factors are not uniformly distributed across a region or

country or across time, and differ based on geography, demography and socio-economic

factors. Effectively targeting prevention or adaptation strategies requires

understanding which demographic or geographical subpopulations may be most at

risk and when that risk is likely to increase. Thus, individual, community and

geographical factors determine vulnerability.

Page 39: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

8

The cause-and-effect chain from climate change due to changing disease patterns

can be extremely complex and includes many non-climatic factors, such as distribution of

income, provision of medical care, and access to adequate nutrition, clean water and

sanitation. Therefore, the severity of impacts actually experienced will be determined not

only by changes in climate but also by concurrent changes in non-climatic factors and by the

adaptation measures implemented to reduce negative impacts.

B. Review of Literature

The review of related literature started from reviewing previous documents that

chronicled the results of previous Climate Change studies in the Philippines. The most

prominent of these was the second Communication Report, which was used as the

springboard of this current project. Few other reports on Climate Change and Health were

similarly perused to situate the project in the process of crafting the vulnerability and

assessment framework.

The Challenge of Climate Change UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-Moon and UNEP Executive Director Achim Steiner

described climate change as ―the defining challenge of our generation.‖ Climate change is a

change in the statistical distribution of weather over periods of time that range from decades

to millions of years. It can be a change in the average weather or a change in the distribution

of weather events around an average (for example, greater or fewer extreme weather

events). Climate change may be limited to a specific region, or may occur across the

whole Earth. It can be caused by recurring, often cyclical climate patterns such as El Niño-

Southern Oscillation (ENSO), or come in the form of more singular events such as the Dust

Bowl (NOAA, 2007).

The climate is changing because of the way people live these days, especially in

richer, economically developed countries. The power plants that generate energy to provide

us with electricity and to heat our homes, the cars and planes that we travel in, the factories

that produce the goods we buy, the farms that grow our food – all these play a part in

changing the climate by giving off what are known as ‗greenhouse gases‘. Climate change

has long-since ceased to be a scientific mystery, and is no longer just a trivial environmental

concern. It is no longer relevant to discuss whether or not our climate is changing, but rather,

how fast changes will occur (European Commission, 2009).

Page 40: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

9

The Kyoto Protocol is an international agreement linked to the United Nations

Framework Convention on Climate Change. The major feature of the Kyoto Protocol is that it

sets binding targets for 37 industrialized countries and the European community for reducing

greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions .These amount to an average of five per cent against

1990 levels over the five-year period 2008-2012. Under the Treaty, countries must meet

their targets primarily through national measures. However, the Kyoto Protocol offers them

an additional means of meeting their targets by way of three market-based mechanisms,

namely:

Emissions trading – known as ―the carbon market"

Clean Development Mechanism (CDM)

Joint Implementation (JI).

The mechanisms help stimulate green investment and help Parties meet their

emission targets in a cost-effective way. Under the Protocol, countries‘ actual emissions

have to be monitored and precise records have to be kept of the trades carried out.

The Philippines and Climate Change

Climate change is occurring in the Philippines as evidenced by trends of certain

climatic parameters observed by PAGASA for decades. Temperature spikes and warming

have been noted in the northern and southern parts of the country. Moreover, it was noted

that the regions with the highest temperature spikes also experienced drought. Precipitation

trends are largest (10%) during the 20th century (PTFCC, 2007). Hotter days and nights

have been experienced by people. Since the 1980s, extreme weather events occurred more

frequently. These include fatal typhoons, flash floods, landslides, El Nino and La Nina,

drought, and even forest fires. The detrimentally affected sectors which require the most

attention include agriculture, fresh water, coastal and marine resources, and health (PTFCC,

2007).

Typhoon Ondoy devastated Metro Manila as 334 mm of rain flooded the NCR in just

six hours compared to the 1967 typhoon that brought the same area 334 mm of rain in 24

hours (PAGASA spokesman Nathaniel Cruz on TS Ondoy). Continuous media coverage,

post typhoon, where victims of the disaster recounted that they were not prepared for the

disaster, and that there was no warning, noted that most of all help came from the

government and came a bit late. Students were stranded in their schools. Workers became

stranded in their workplaces. Government offices and functions were put to a halt for they

were also stranded. People already in the streets for home or for someplace else were

caught in the dilemma of whether or not brave the rising flood waters and return home or to

just hold their ground, hoping that the waters would eventually subside. The victims, in

Page 41: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

10

general had one thing in common: everyone was caught off-guard, unprepared and unaware

that such a catastrophe was even possible.

Consequently, outbreaks of various diseases most notably leptospirosis, dengue

fever, and influenza were reported. Aside from being unprepared physically, mentally,

emotionally, financially, and structurally, the people were also unprepared and unaware in

terms of knowledge on the transmission and management of these diseases. As a result,

more lives were lost. Additionally, one of the great needs during the Ondoy and Pepeng

onslaught was the provision of all types of medicines most especially for those who were left

with no choice but to transfer to crowded evacuation centers.

Climate Change Vulnerability and Assessment

Potential health impact of climate variability and change requires understanding of

both the vulnerability of a population and its capacity to respond to new conditions.

Vulnerability is defined as the degree to which individuals and systems are

susceptible to or unable to cope with the adverse effects of climate change, including

climate variability and extremes. Both vulnerability and adaptation need to be understood

to ensure effective risk management of the current and potential effects of climate variability

and change.

The vulnerability of human health to climate change is a function of sensitivity, which

includes the extent to which health, or the natural or social systems on which health

outcomes depend, are sensitive to changes in weather and climate (the exposure–response

relationship) and the characteristics of the population, such as the level of development and

its demographic structure; the exposure to the weather or climate-related hazard, including

the character, magnitude and rate of climate variation; and the adaptation measures and

actions in place to reduce the burden of a specific adverse health outcome (the adaptation

baseline), the effectiveness of which determines in part the exposure–response relationship.

Adaptation includes the strategies, policies and measures undertaken now and in

the future to reduce potential adverse health effects. Adaptive capacity describes the

general ability of institutions, systems and individuals to adjust to potential damages, to take

advantage of opportunities and to cope with consequences. The primary goal of building

adaptive capacity is to reduce future vulnerability to climate variability and change.

Higher temperatures also alter the geographical distribution of species that transmit

disease. For example, outbreaks of dengue and yellow fever, transmitted by mosquitoes,

increase in warmer temperatures.

Page 42: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

11

Approaches to assessing the potential effects of climate variability and change on

human health vary depending on the outcome of interest. Conventional environmental health

impact assessment is based on the toxicological risk assessment model that addresses

population exposure to environmental agents, such as chemicals in soil, water or air. Most

diseases associated with environmental exposure have many causal factors, which may be

interrelated. These multiple, interrelated causal factors, as well as relevant feedback

mechanisms, need to be addressed in investigating complex associations between disease

and exposure, because they may limit the predictability of the health outcome.

Effects of Climate Change on Health

Climate sensitive diseases include heat-related diseases, water borne diseases,

diseases from urban air pollution, and diseases related to extreme weathers such as flood,

droughts, windstorms and fires. Climate change may also alter the distribution of vector

species. This depends on whether conditions are favorable or unfavorable for them to breed

and continue their reproductive cycle. Temperature can also influence the reproduction and

maturation rate of the infective agent within the vector organism and the survival rate of the

vector organism, thereby further influencing disease transmission.

Changes in climate that can affect the potential transmission of vector-borne

infectious diseases include temperature, humidity, altered rainfall, soil moisture and rising

sea level. Determining how these factors may affect the risk of vector-borne diseases is

complex. The factors responsible for determining the incidence and geographical distribution

of vector-borne diseases are complex and involve many demographic and societal as well

as climatic factors. Transmission requires that the reservoir host, a competent vector and the

pathogen be present in an area at the same time and in adequate numbers to maintain

transmission (Sari Kovats, 2003). Among the vector borne diseases that are climate change

sensitive are dengue, malaria and leptospirosis.

A. Dengue

Dengue is the most common mosquito-borne viral disease of humans that in recent

years has become a major international public health concern. The geographical spread of

both the mosquito vectors and the viruses has led to the global resurgence of epidemic

dengue fever and emergence of dengue hemorrhagic fever (dengue/DHF) in the past 25

years with the development of hyperendemicity in many urban centers of the tropics.

Dengue is a disease caused by any one of four closely related dengue viruses

(DENV 1, DENV 2, DENV 3, or DENV 4). The viruses are transmitted to humans by the bite

Page 43: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

12

of an infected mosquito. In the Western Hemisphere, the Aedes aegypti mosquito is the

most important transmitter or vector of dengue viruses, although a 2001 outbreak in Hawaii

was transmitted by Aedes albopictus. It is estimated that there are over 100 million cases of

dengue worldwide each year.

Dengue is transmitted to people by the bite of an Aedes mosquito that is infected with

a dengue virus. The mosquito becomes infected with dengue virus when it bites a person

who has dengue virus in their blood. The person can either have symptoms of dengue fever

or DHF, or they may have no symptoms. After about one week, the mosquito can then

transmit the virus while biting a healthy person. Dengue cannot be spread directly from

person to person.

The principal symptoms of dengue fever are high fever, severe headache, severe

pain behind the eyes, joint pain, muscle and bone pain, rash, and mild bleeding (e.g., nose

or gums bleed, easy bruising). Generally, younger children and those with their first dengue

infection have a milder illness than older children and adults.

There is no specific medication for treatment of a dengue infection. Persons who

think they have dengue should use analgesics (pain relievers) with acetaminophen and

avoid those containing aspirin. They should also rest, drink plenty of fluids, and consult a

physician. If they feel worse (e.g., develop vomiting and severe abdominal pain) in the first

24 hours after the fever declines, they should go immediately to the hospital for evaluation.

Outbreaks of dengue occur primarily in areas where Ae. aegypti (sometimes also Ae.

albopictus) mosquitoes live. This includes most tropical urban areas of the world. Dengue

viruses may be introduced into areas by travelers who become infected while visiting other

areas of the tropics where dengue commonly exists. Aedes aegypti and other mosquitoes

have a complex life-cycle with dramatic changes in shape, function, and habitat. Female

mosquitoes lay their eggs on the inner, wet walls of containers with water. Larvae hatch

when water inundates the eggs as a result of rains or the addition of water by people. In the

following days, the larvae will feed on microorganisms and particulate organic matter,

shedding their skins three times to be able to grow from first to fourth instars. When the larva

has acquired enough energy and size and is in the fourth instar, metamorphosis is triggered,

changing the larva into a pupa. Pupae do not feed; they just change in form until the body of

the adult, flying mosquito is formed. Then, the newly formed adult emerges from the water

after breaking the pupal skin. The entire life cycle lasts 8-10 days at room temperature,

depending on the level of feeding. Thus, there is an aquatic phase (larvae, pupae) and a

terrestrial phase (eggs, adults) in the Aedes Aegypti life-cycle (CDC, 2009).

Page 44: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

13

B. Malaria

Malaria is a serious and sometimes fatal disease caused by a parasite that

commonly infects a certain type of mosquito which feeds on humans. People who get

malaria are typically very sick with high fevers, shaking chills, and flu-like illness. Four kinds

of malaria parasites can infect humans: Plasmodium falciparum, P. vivax, P. ovale, and P.

malariae. Infection with P. falciparum, if not promptly treated, may lead to death. Although

malaria can be a deadly disease, illness and death from malaria can usually be prevented.

People get malaria by being bitten by an infective female Anopheles mosquito.

Only Anopheles mosquitoes can transmit malaria and they must have been infected through

a previous blood meal taken on an infected person. When a mosquito bites an infected

person, a small amount of blood is taken in which contains microscopic malaria parasites.

About 1 week later, when the mosquito takes its next blood meal, these parasites mix with

the mosquito's saliva and are injected into the person being bitten.

Most cases occur in people who live in countries with malaria transmission. People

from countries with no malaria can become infected when they travel to countries with

malaria or through a blood transfusion (although this is very rare). Also, an infected mother

can transmit malaria to her infant before or during delivery.

Symptoms of malaria include fever and flu-like illness, including shaking chills,

headache, muscle aches, and tiredness. Nausea, vomiting, and diarrhea may also occur.

Malaria may cause anemia and jaundice (yellow coloring of the skin and eyes) because of

the loss of red blood cells. While most people, at the beginning of the disease, have

seemingly benign symptoms like fever, sweats, chills, headaches, malaise, muscles aches,

nausea and vomiting, at the outset, malaria can very rapidly become a severe and life-

threatening disease. Infection with one type of malaria, Plasmodium falciparum, if not

promptly treated, may cause kidney failure, seizures, mental confusion, coma, and death.

For most people, symptoms begin 10 days to 4 weeks after infection, although a

person may feel ill as early as 7 days or as late as 1 year later. Two kinds of malaria, P.

vivaxand P. ovale, can occur again (relapsing malaria). In P. vivax and P. ovale infections,

some parasites can remain dormant in the liver for several months up to about 4 years after

a person is bitten by an infected mosquito. When these parasites come out of hibernation

and begin invading red blood cells ("relapse"), the person will become sick.

Malaria requires two hosts to complete its life cycle. The process starts when a

mosquito, infected with malaria sporozoites, releases them into a human host during

feeding. The sporozoites travel through the bloodstream into the liver, infecting the cells. The

sporozoites mature into schizoints, which explode and release merozoits. The merozoits

latch onto the nearest red blood cell and infect it. Inside the infected red blood cell,

Page 45: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

14

trophozoites develop into schizonts and explode, releasing more merozoits or in some

species, develop into male and female gametocytes, where they infect the next mosquito.

These gametocytes reproduce, creating zygotes, which grow into ookenites. The ookenites

attach themselves to the stomach wall of the mosquito, becoming oocysts. These oocysts

grow and explode, releasing sporozoites, which get into the salivary glands of the mosquito.

C. Leptospirosis

Leptospirosis, on the other hand, is a bacterial disease that affects humans and

animals. It is caused by bacteria of the genus Leptospira. In humans it causes a wide range

of symptoms, and some infected persons may have no symptoms at all. Symptoms of

leptospirosis include high fever, severe headache, chills, muscle aches, and vomiting, and

may include jaundice (yellow skin and eyes), red eyes, abdominal pain, diarrhea, or a rash. If

the disease is not treated, the patient could develop kidney damage, meningitis

(inflammation of the membrane around the brain and spinal cord), liver failure, and

respiratory distress. Leptospirosis cases may be fatal.

Outbreaks of leptospirosis are usually caused by exposure to water contaminated

with the urine of infected animals. Many different kinds of animals carry the bacterium; they

may become sick but sometimes have no symptoms. Leptospira organisms have been found

in cattle, pigs, horses, dogs, rodents, and wild animals. Humans become infected through

contact with water, food, or soil containing urine from these infected animals. This may

happen by swallowing contaminated food or water or through skin contact, especially with

mucosal surfaces, such as the eyes or nose, or with broken skin. The disease is not known

to be spread from person to person.

Leptospirosis occurs worldwide but is most common in temperate or tropical

climates. It is an occupational hazard for many people who work outdoors or with animals,

for example, farmers, sewer workers, veterinarians, fish workers, dairy farmers, or military

personnel.

Leptospirosis is treated with antibiotics, such as doxycycline or penicillin, which

should be given early in the course of the disease. Intravenous antibiotics may be required

for persons with more severe symptoms. Persons with symptoms suggestive of leptospirosis

should contact a health care provider. The risk of acquiring leptospirosis can be greatly

reduced by not swimming or wading in water that might be contaminated with animal urine.

Protective clothing or footwear should be worn by those exposed to contaminated water or

soil because of their job or recreational activities.

Cholera and typhoid are water borne diseases usually associated with post disaster

events. The causative organisms are ever present in the environment but cause much harm

Page 46: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

15

when sanitary conditions deteriorate and when human immune mechanisms weaken as a

result of disaster exposure. In this project, these two diseases were also considered as

important climate sensitive illnesses that were included in the study.

D. Cholera

Cholera is an acute, diarrheal illness caused by infection of the intestine with the

bacterium Vibrio cholerae. Outbreaks are frequently associated with large populations

affected by disasters and are subjected to poor sanitary conditions such as in evacuation

centers. The infection is often mild or without symptoms, but sometimes it can be severe.

Approximately one in 20 infected persons has severe disease characterized by profuse

watery diarrhea, vomiting, and leg cramps. In these persons, rapid loss of body fluids leads

to dehydration and shock. Without treatment, death can occur within hours.

It is acquired by the ingestion of water or food contaminated with the cholera

bacterium. In an epidemic, the source of the contamination is usually the feces of an infected

person. The disease can spread rapidly in areas with inadequate treatment of sewage and

drinking water.

Cholera can be simply and successfully treated by immediate replacement of the

fluid and salts lost through diarrhea. Patients can be treated with oral rehydration solution, a

prepackaged mixture of sugar and salts to be mixed with water and drunk in large amounts.

This solution is used throughout the world to treat diarrhea. Severe cases also require

intravenous fluid replacement. With prompt rehydration, fewer than 1% of cholera patients

die.

E. Typhoid Fever

Typhoid fever, caused by the pathogen Salmonella typhi, is a systemic disease with

manifestations varying from mild illness with low-grade fever to severe clinical disease with

abdominal discomfort and complications. The disease may be accompanied by onset of

sustained fever, severe headache, malaise, anorexia, relative bradycardia,splenomegaly,

nonproductive cough in the early stage of the illness, and constipation in adults. It is

transmitted through the ingestion of food or beverages contaminated with Salmonella typhi

bacteria from an infected person. The incubation period usually lasts 8-14 days, with a

range of 3-60 days. The severity of the disease depends on the virulence of the strain,

quantity of inoculums ingested, duration of illness before adequate treatment, age and

previous vaccination. A small number of individuals continue to be asymptomatic carriers of

the bacteria even after recovery, hence making them sources of infection.

Page 47: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

16

Monitoring and Evaluation of Climate Change

Because of concerns with the growing threat of global climate change from

increasing concentrations of greenhouse gases (GHG) in the atmosphere, more than 176

countries have become Parties to the U.N. Framework Convention on Climate Change

(FCCC) (UNEP/WMO, 1992). The FCCC was entered into force on March 21, 1994, and the

Parties to the FCCC adopted the Kyoto Protocol for continuing the implementation of the

FCCC in December 1997 (UNFCCC, 1997). The Protocol requires developed countries to

reduce their aggregate emissions by at least 5.2% below 1990 levels by 2008 to 2012.

Monitoring and evaluation of climate change mitigation projects is needed to

accurately determine the net GHG, and other, benefits and costs, and to ensure that the

global climate is protected and that country obligations are met. It provides feedback

regarding the implementation of the climate change program or project to managers as well

as to decision makers.

The conduct of monitoring may have a range of objectives, among which include the

need to:

1. Establish a baseline by gathering information on the basic site characteristics prior to

development or to establish current conditions;

2. Establish long term trends;

3. Estimate inherent variation within the environment, which can be compared with the

variation observed in another specific area;

4. Make comparisons between different situations (for example, pre-development and

post development; upstream and downstream; at different distances from a source)

to detect changes; and

5. Make comparisons against a standard or target level.

Some of the suggested criteria in determining indicators for monitoring include the

following:

1. legal, political, economic, ecologic relevance;

2. sensitivity to human activity;

3. measurable

4. predictable

5. appropriate

6. cost-effective

7. sensitive and specific

8. attainable

Page 48: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

17

Adaptation Practices in Climate Change

Adaptation to climate change is already taking place, but on a limited basis. Societies

have a long record of adapting to the impacts of weather and climate through a range of

practices that include crop diversification, irrigation, water management, disaster risk

management, and insurance. But climate change poses novel risks often outside the range

of experience, such as impacts related to drought, heat waves, and accelerated glacier

retreat and hurricane intensity.

Adaptation measures that also consider climate change are being implemented, on a

limited basis, in both developed and developing countries. These measures are undertaken

by a range of public and private actors through policies, investments in infrastructure and

technologies, and behavioral change. Examples of adaptations to observed changes in

climate include partial drainage of the Tsho Rolpa glacial lake (Nepal); changes in livelihood

strategies in response to permafrost melt by the Inuit in Nunavut (Canada); and increased

use of artificial snow-making by the Alpine ski industry (Europe, Australia and North

America). A limited but growing set of adaptation measures also explicitly considers

scenarios of future climate change. Examples include consideration of sea-level rise in

design of infrastructure such as the Confederation Bridge (Canada) and in coastal zone

management (United States and the Netherlands).

Adaptation measures within societies need to be integrated across sectors.

Health adaptation is dependent on water, forest, agricultural and habitation adaptation

strategies as health effects of climate change will emanate from various sectors. Hence a

broad of adaptation measures were reviewed and analyzed in this study.

C. Limitations of the Health Sector Study

The results of this study are constrained by several factors mostly pertaining to

availability of local data and information linking climate change to health outcomes in the

Philippines. First, the review of literature mostly yielded international information sources on

climate change and health as research on this topic has been sparse. Second, review of

records on selected disease patterns specifically, malaria, dengue, leptospirosis, cholera

and typhoid, revealed that trend data that covers at least ten years or more are not reliable

as there is data for some years while for other years, these are not reliably collected

anymore. Moreover changes in data collection i.e. change from Field Health Information

System (FHIS) to Philippine Integrated Disease Surveillance Reports (PIDSR) have created

some artifacts that affected disease trend analysis especially as we linked this analysis to

meteorological data. The quality of data significantly affected the precision of projection

Page 49: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

18

results. Hence much of the disease projections were based on assumptions that the project

team had to utilize.

Third, coordination of agencies in producing data needed for this project was quite

challenging. While NEDA had initially assured the project team that arrangements have

already been made with DOH and PAG-ASA regarding the need to make data available for

this study, the project team had to devise special arrangements and rely on past friendships

and contact to derive essential data for the project.

Lastly, due to time and resource constraints, only three validation sites were chosen

to test the derived health sector V&A Framework. While these study sites were carefully

chosen to be representative of climate vulnerable areas in the whole country, generalization

of the study results to the whole country cannot be done. More extensive application of the

health V&A tools and models need to be accomplished.

D. Project Methods and Validation Sites

The health sector project team utilized a descriptive-analytic design in the conduct of

this study. Current climate change vulnerability of three selected project sites were assessed

using the evolving vulnerability and adaptation framework of the project. Then, adaptation

and mitigation practices observed in three selected project validation sites namely

Pangasinan, Palawan and Rizal provinces were identified and described. These practices

were later analyzed to determine their feasibility and effectiveness to adapt to the changing

climate and mitigate climate change selected sensitive health problems in these areas.

Furthermore, these practices were compared to what are already known effective adaptation

strategies so that they may be integrated into adaptation strategy recommendations that

would be later offered to local governments.

An extensive review of literature was accomplished to situate the project in the

beginning. In addition, the literature review revealed what is already known in the science of

climate change and its impact on health including examples of effective vulnerability

assessment and adaptation planning in many countries around the world. Results of this

review also were used in the documentation of best practices in health sector adaptation

strategies to cope with climate change. These were later annotated to be put together to

compose the compendium of climate change best practices in the health sector.

Data collection consisted of gathering meteorological data from national and local

PAGASA units as well as getting information on target diseases also from national and local

health units. Epidemiologic information describing the distribution of diseases by population

affected and location were also derived. Hence data collection was mostly achieved through

Page 50: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

19

the analysis of secondary data that were routinely collected by PAGASA, DOH and

provincial and municipal health units. These data were vital for the disease and alert

threshold modeling as well as for projections of disease prevalence and economic burden

based on PAGASA climate projections for 2020 and 2050. Secondary data from previous

studies were utilized to project climate change impacts on health as well as their costs.

Hence, most assumptions were robust as they were grounded by previous study results.

The validation sites were selected to cover a wide variance of geographic and

development factors namely topography, population density and development. In

Pangasinan, Alaminos and Bolinao were selected to represent coastal rural areas with

recorded cases of Typhoid and Cholera after being hit by typhoons. In Palawan, the

municipality of Brooke‘s Point was chosen to represent coastal, rural areas with a

persistently high prevalence of malaria while Quezon is a typical upland, rural area also with

high malaria prevalence. Rural areas typically have lower population densities compared to

urban areas. The municipalities of Tanay and Teresa in Rizal typified upland areas with high

population densities in urbanization transition. They are referred to as ―rurban‖ in this report.

These areas have high prevalence of dengue cases almost all year round and also reported

cases of Leptospirosis after typhoon Ondoy.

The health sector project team conducted two national consultation round table

discussions (RTDs). The first RTD aimed to present project approaches and the initial

vulnerability and adaptation framework crafted from the review of literature. That consultation

elicited comments and suggestions to improve the framework and fine tune the study

approaches. The second RTD was utilized to elicit comments on preliminary project results

and to determine their acceptability to project key stakeholders. At this time, the vulnerability

and assessment framework for the health sector was finalized. Moreover, the various best

practice adaptation strategies that were documented were presented and discussed.

Validation of the vulnerability and adaptation (V&A) framework was done in the three

aforementioned validation sites through site visits. Meetings with the provincial and

municipal health teams were conducted. The V&A framework was presented to the

municipal health team, the municipal executives and planners as well as to the provincial

health team and provincial health executives and planners. Comments and

recommendations to improve the framework were elicited. Discussions to determine the

implementability of the framework and to elicit best practices from the validation sites were

likewise conducted. Discussions were sometimes preceded by key informant interviews with

key stakeholders like the chief meteorologic officer of satellite PAGASA offices, municipal

health officers, provincial health staff and in Rizal a longtime sanitary inspector (See Book 2,

Appendix J for list of respondents.)

Page 51: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

20

After extensive consultation with key project stakeholders, the final report was drafted

and prepared for presentation. Several presentations have been made to the Climate

change commission as well as to the LGU 3i summits held in Albay, Iloilo and Davao.

E. Climate scenarios from PAG-ASA Climate data from PAG-ASA was made available to include temperature and rainfall

measurements for 2010, 2020 and 2050 (See Book 2, Appendix I). These climate scenarios

were supposed to provide information so that predicted epidemiologic and socio-economic

impact of climate change could be described.

These data show that in 2020 and 2050, the minimum and maximum temperatures

will be higher and rainfall will increase. This is attributed to the earth that is warming due to

emissions of greenhouse gases caused by human activity. Current trends in energy use,

unsustainable development and population growth are already held responsible for

continuing – and more severe – climate change. The changing climate will inevitably affect

the basic requirements for maintaining health: clean air and water, sufficient food and

adequate shelter.

Climate change also brings new challenges to the control of infectious diseases.

Many of the major killers are highly climate sensitive as regards temperature and rainfall,

including cholera and the diarrheal diseases, as well as infectious diseases including

malaria, dengue, leptospirosis and others spread by vectors. Results of the study show the

forecasted prevalence of selected diseases based on models that were constructed based

on available data.

Ultimately, climate change threatens to slow, halt or reverses the progress that

the global public health community is now making against many of the

aforementioned diseases. With effective health sector adaptation strategies, the spread of

these targeted health problems may be effectively curbed and ultimately contribute to the

attainment of MDGs directly attributable to health.

Page 52: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

21

III. RESULTS OF THE STUDY

A. Vulnerability, Adaptability and Impact Assessment Tools

The project developed tools namely: 1) Vulnerability and Adaptation (V&A)

framework; or adopted appropriate tools such as 2) the burden of disease, 3) Breteau Index

and 4) Vulnerability Maps, 5) climate change, health and socio-economic impact models and

6) the ecologic epidemiologic model to determine the impact of predicted climactic changes

on selected diseases. The project also devised a 6) Adaptation Assessment Tool to evaluate

possible climate change adaptation options. A variety of methods and tools are available to

assess climate change vulnerability and adaptation in the health sector. Both quantitative

and qualitative approaches may be used to assess potential health impacts of climate

change. The three key issues to be addressed are: (1) estimating the current distribution

and burden of climate-sensitive diseases; (2) estimating the future health impacts

attributable to climate change including their costs to society; and (3) identifying current and

future adaptation options to reduce the burden of disease. These tools and their outputs as

a result of their application to the validation sites are discussed in the following section.

Vulnerability and Adaptation Framework

The schematic diagram of the vulnerability and adaptation framework is shown in

Figure 2. The inputs to vulnerability assessment are baseline maps, climate change data,

ecological factors, environmental factors, individual/family/community characteristics, health

system and infrastructure, pathogen/vector factors, socio-economic factors, institutional

factors, and health/environmental policies. The integration of all these factors defines the

vulnerabilities of the people to climate change-related diseases. Highly vulnerable

populations such as infants, children and mothers as well as people with compromised

immunities will most likely be affected. Extreme rainfall events that will lead to flooding and

landslide may cause or further aggravate incidence of diseases. Institutional capabilities for

early warning systems and weather predictions can either mitigate or exacerbate climate

change vulnerabilities of populations.

Vulnerabilities are grouped according to several categories. The first category

identifies who are vulnerable whether they are individuals, families or communities. The

ability to precisely identify who are vulnerable and where they are improves the capability of

society to protect them through specific adaptation measures. Secondly, there are health

system and infrastructure vulnerabilities that will determine how well people can access

Page 53: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

22

health services from health promotion, to disease prevention, treatment and rehabilitation.

This also involves determining the sustainability of appropriate health care measures to

maintain human health. The third category refers directly to vector and pathogen factors

including their density, virulence, and capability to spread climate sensitive diseases. The

next set of vulnerabilities covers socio-economic and environmental factors separately.

Incomes, educational status, habitat locations and environmental quality will determine

whether vulnerabilities are heightened or mitigated. Finally, health and other policies will

determine whether vulnerabilities are reduced by effective and efficient interventions in the

public or institutional policy arenas.

The following vulnerabilities were identified by respondents in the field site visits as

well as from the two RTDs conducted:

Potential Vulnerabilities In Relation To Climate Change in the Philippine Health

Sector

1. Individual /Family /Community

Extreme age (e.g., very young and old segment of the population)

Individual susceptibility (e.g., immune system, genetic predisposition, pre-existing diseases)

Presence of indigenous population/communities

Access to safe water supply

Access to sanitation facilities

Access to healthcare / health insurance

Health related behavior (hygiene practices)

Occupational factors

Type of dwelling

Location of residential areas (upland, coastal, rural, urban)

Ability to respond promptly to urgent and long-term impacts of Climate Change

2. Health System and Infrastructure

Accessibility

Facilities and human resource capabilities

Laboratory facilities

Ability to respond to emergency and disasters

Emergency preparedness plan / Disaster Management Plan

Monitoring and disease surveillance capacity

Referral system and networking with other healthcare facilities

Database system

Forecasting and risk assessment capabilities re health impacts of climate change

Risk communication capabilities

Page 54: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

23

Level of local and national support

3. Pathogen /Vector Factors

Pathogen/Vector reproduction

Presence of breeding sites

Location of breeding sites vis a vis community sites

Preventive technology (e.g. vaccines, vector control, etc.)

4. Socio – Economic Factors

Income level

Education level

Access to healthcare facilities

Coverage of health insurance (may also be considered as individual/ family factor)

Allocation of resources (local and national) to address vulnerability to CC (e.g. health system and health infrastructure)

Social safety nets (e.g. in Albay public schools are redesigned to be evacuation center-ready facilites)

5. Environmental Factors

Domestic wastewater management practices

Solid waste management practices

Level of water pollution

Level of soil and land pollution

Population density

Susceptibility to flooding and landslides

Degradation of watershed areas

Environmental sanitation conditions

Human settlement conditions and locations

Implementation of zoning and land-use policies

6. Health/Environmental Policy

Adequacy

Relevance of existing health and environmental policy

Level of implementation of environmental health programs (provide incentive system for good implementation)

Applications of adaptation options to reduce disease impacts will reduce the

vulnerability of the affected population thus rendering them disease-resilient. Adaptation

options need to be designed to precisely address specific vulnerability categories. If

successful, climate change impact on the identified target climate-sensitive diseases can be

significantly reduced. Hence, climate change vulnerability will likewise be reduced.

Page 55: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

24

Figure 2 Health Sector Climate Change Vulnerability and Adaptation Framework

Burden of Disease

Disability Adjusted Life Year or DALYs is a common metric of BOD study. It is used

to aggregate and summarize the data and information on mortality and non-fatal health

outcomes and thus permit comparisons of the impact of various health-related conditions. As

DALY can also be used in cost-effectiveness analyses, they greatly facilitate the joint

assessment of the magnitude of health problems with the array of interventions-and their

costs-that are available to address these problems. Measures from DALYs provide a way to

compare the magnitude of fatal and non-fatal health problems. (Murray JL and Lopez AD,

1996)

The Global Burden of Disease Study in 1992 commissioned by the World Bank and

the World Health Organization was basically conducted to provide an objective comparable

Page 56: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

25

assessment of health status, based on what was then known about the occurrence of

disease and injury throughout the world. The study was the first implementation of the

burden of disease concept at the global and regional levels. It demonstrated that BOD

approach is feasible. The large numbers of National Burden of Disease studies that have

followed also indicate the demand for such comprehensive views of health problems.

(Murray JL and Lopez AD, 1996)

This research project adopted the methodology of the Global Burden of Disease

project to attain a more objective result and to ensure that the results of the study are

comparable with other studies using the same methodology.

The Burden of disease concept as discussed by Murray and Lopez addresses the

usual limitations of available information on magnitude of health problems. Health

information is usually provided to decision makers by disease advocates wherein this link

between advocacy and epidemiological estimation can raise doubts about the objectivity of

the conclusions. In particular, advocates, often unintentionally, tend to overestimate the

magnitude of their specific health concerns. International datasets which are based on

similar diagnostic and reporting procedures fail to incorporate comparable information on

nonfatal health outcomes as they are almost exclusively focused on mortality. With the

absence of plausible information on disability and other indicators of morbidity which

contributed to the neglect of these problems in national and international health policy

debate, the team considered adopting the burden of disease concept in this project.

In the past, most of the assessments of relative importance of different diseases are

based on how many deaths they cause. This method has its merits as death is a clear event

and most countries routinely records the data required in their vital statistical systems.

However, closer scrutiny show that mortality analysis has loopholes because there are no

consistent estimates of adult mortality in many developing countries and the available

mortality estimates are generally confined to infancy and childhood. There are also many

non-fatal conditions which are responsible for great loss of ‗healthy life‘. Disability has not

been included in estimating the burden as it is considered a problem only in societies that

have undergone epidemiological transition (World Development Report, 1993).

With the expanding role of cost-effectiveness in health care planning, the need for

more comprehensive measurement of burden of disease has become more urgent. Thus,

there is an urgent need for a process through which every disease or health problem would

be evaluated objectively so that health programs which do not have strong and able

advocates will not be ignored.

Page 57: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

26

Christopher Murray et al have developed a new approach to quantify the burden of

disease which was used by WHO and World Bank to estimate the Global Burden of Disease

(GBD). This indicator, the Disability Adjusted Life Year (DALY) extends the concept of

premature death (Potential years of life lost PYLL) to include equivalent years of ―healthy life

lost because of illness and disability (years lived with disability YLD) (Schopper D, et al,

2000).

Four concepts were proposed by Murray et al in developing a burden of disease

index. The first one is that any health outcome that represents a loss of welfare should

be included in an indicator of health status. If a society is willing to devote resources,

money, manpower or other resources in the prevention, cure or rehabilitation of a certain

illness or outcome, then that health outcome must be included in the total estimated burden.

There is no use considering health outcomes which society is not willing to pay for.

Secondly, the characteristics of individuals affected by a certain outcome to be

included in the associated burden of disease should be restricted to sex and age.

This concept primarily addresses the issue of what is common to all individuals and

communities. The third concept which is treating like outcomes as like, a BOD index

should be able to achieve comparability across different communities and within

communities. Treating like as like means that the premature death of an individual in a rich

country or poor area would mean the same anywhere else in the world, thus, giving an

egalitarian flavor to the index.

The fourth concept proposed by Murray et al is that time is the unit for the burden

of disease. Making use of time as a unit of measure would solve the problem of combining

both morbidity and mortality into one summary index. It is also a more politically-correct

choice of unit of measure than money, when dealing with public health.

The DALY as a measure of the burden of disease was developed with the

aforementioned concepts in mind. While the calculation of the DALY is based on the

standard expected years of life lost (YLL) on model life tables, the value of time lived at

different ages is captured in calculating the DALYs using an exponential function which

reflects the dependence of the young and elderly on adults. The time lived with disability is

made comparable with the time lost due to premature mortality. For this, six classes of

severity of disability have been defined and each class was assigned a disability weight

between 0 to 1. Considering that the DALY measures the future loss, a social discount rate

of three percent has been applied. Details of assumptions used in DALY estimation were

summarized in Global comparative assessments in the health sector edited by CJL Murray

and AD Lopez (1996).

Page 58: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

27

Existing Indices used as Basis for Formulating DALYs

Four different methods of estimating time lost due to premature death were explored by

Murray et al:

1. Potential years of life lost (PYLL) – calculated by subtracting the age at time of death from

a potential life expectancy. The products of each death are then added in order to come-up

with the PYLL for the population. This would have been a good basis for the DALY formula,

however, the major disadvantage of this method is shown when dealing with the older age

groups especially so if the life expectancy at birth for that particular country is low. It would

appear that deaths that are over this potential life expectancy do not contribute to the overall

burden.

2. Period expected years of life lost – Instead of using an arbitrary potential limit to life, this

method uses the local period life expectancy at each stage. In this system, all deaths

contribute to the estimated burden. However, since different communities may have

different local period life expectancies at each age thus varying reference standards, and

since life expectancies change over a period of time, comparability among communities and

within communities over time may be problematic.

3. Cohort expected years of life lost- this is similar to the period expected years of life lost

except that the estimated cohort life expectancies are used instead of the local period life

expectancy. Similar problems as in ‗period expected years of life lost‘ are also encountered

in using this method. Cohorts in different communities will also have different life

expectancies, thus the reference standards will also vary.

4. Standard expected years of life lost – in this method, an ideal standard for life expectancy

is adapted. As in the two previous measures, deaths from all ages, in this method contribute

to the estimated total burden of the disease. With the use of an ideal standard,

comparability among communities becomes possible. The standard age used in this method

is the Japanese women‘s life expectancy of 82.5 years which is the highest in the world.

The use of the highest attained life expectancy is also an effective way of promoting the

egalitarian notion since everybody is given equal weights.

The standard years of life lost was used as the basis for the formulation of the DALY

because it ensures comparison among communities, takes into account all age groups and

treats all communities quite fairly.

Page 59: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

28

In addition to the basic formula discussed above, several components have been

added to the DALY. Such components have triggered so much discussion when the DALYs

concept was espoused, either because of the very idea of the component itself or the

manner by which such components were measured. These are disability weighting,

discounting, and age weighting.

Disability-Adjusted Life Years

In 1993, the World Bank developed the Disability-Adjusted Life Years (DALY) as a

principal summary measure of population health (Murray CJL, 1996). The reason behind this

was that mortality data becomes less sensitive indicators of change when deaths become

rare (Schopper D, et al, 2000). Also mortality data do not adequately represent a

population‘s health status as they disregard widely prevalent, severely disabling but non-fatal

diseases. The DALY is being groomed as an objective measure that can be used in priority

setting (Mathers CD, et al, 2000), (Murray CJL, 1996). It combines life years lost due to

premature death with life years lost due to living in a disabled state allowing the burden of

disease to be measured as the gap between the current health status and an ideal situation

where people live to old age free of disease and disability (Lopez AD, 2000). DALY can be

computed using the formula:

YLDYLLDALY

Where:

DALY = Disability-Adjusted Life Years

YLL = Years of Life Lost or amount of time in years lost due to premature

death from a specific disease

YLD = Years Lived with Disability or the period of time someone has to live

suffering from a disability brought about by a specific disease

There are different formulae to compute the Years of Life Lost (YLL) and Years Lived with

Disability (YLD) attributable to a specific disease or condition. These formulae will be

discussed in more detail in subsequent sections.

For computations of Years of Life Lost (YLL), Murray used the standard expected years of

life lost method (SEYLL). This is denoted by the formula:

Page 60: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

29

l

xxxedSEYLL

0

*

Where:

SEYLL = standard expected years of life lost method

x= age at death

d= number of deaths in the population at each age

*xe = expectation of life at each age x based on some ideal standard

SEYLLs were used because deaths at all ages contribute to the disease burden. Also,

deaths at the same age in all communities contribute equally to the disease burden thus like

outcomes are treated as like.

Disability-Adjusted Life Years (DALY) is a variant of the Quality-Adjusted Life Years

(QALY) but differs due to its standardized assumptions (Andrews G, Sanderson K and Beard

J, 1998). Discounting is applied because people give higher value to their present health

compared to their future health (Andrews G, Sanderson K and Beard J, 1998). Discounting

is the practice of valuing the same thing in the future as less (or more) valuable if one were

to get it in the present (Murray CJL, 1996). Since discounting health benefits is highly

controversial among policy planners, a low positive rate of 3 percent was used in the DALY

computations (Murray CJL, 1996). This low rate was used to account for uncertainty that

increases with time and reduce the problems of excessive sacrifice. While this rate was

selected arbitrarily, it was deemed acceptable for those who argue for and against

discounting after considering arguments from both sides

Age weighting was also introduced. This is denoted by the general formula:

aCe

Where:

β =parameter of the age weighting function

a = age

C = constant

As most societies would choose to save the young to middle-aged individuals

compared to the very young and the very old, age weighting was applied in the computations

(Andrews G, Sanderson K and Beard J, 1998). Arguments, such as the human capital

Page 61: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

30

approach, where net producers are given a bigger role in contributing to the social welfare,

and welfare interdependence gives justification for the use of age weights. The formula

above, which introduces a continuous age weighting function that can be mathematically

manipulated, conforms to the age weighting pattern desired. Only a narrow range of and

C, approximately ranging from 0.03 to 0.05, provides age patterns consistent with the

arguments already presented. A of 0.04 was chosen after consultations with the advisory

board. The fact that choosing was arbitrary was not deemed too much an issue because

sensitivity analysis showed that the results were basically insensitive to the choice of . The

important issue was the presence of non-uniform age weights. Discounting and age

weighting were applied per age group.

Methods for Disability-Adjusted Life Years Studies

The methods utilized in previous burden of disease studies can be subdivided into

two parts: methods for estimating Years of Life Lost (YLL) and methods for estimating Years

Lived with Disability (YLD). As these two components of burden of illness are different from

each other, the methods utilized to collect these data are naturally different from each other.

The following section reviews the methods utilized by studies that estimated burden of

disease.

Methods for Estimating Mortality Data (Years of Life Lost)

Years of Life Lost (YLL) is the component of Disability-Adjusted Life Years (DALY) which

summarizes mortality data for a specific disease or condition. It computes years lost due to

premature death using the standard expected years of life lost method (SEYLL) with the

application of age-weighting and discounting (Murray CJL, 1996). It can be computed using

the following formula:

rLaraLrra

er

KareaLre

r

eKCYLLs

11

1)(1))(()(

)())((

2

Where:

r = discount rate for future years; 3% was used

β =parameter of the age weighting function, where 0.04 was used

K = age-weighting modulation factor, which was equal to 1

C = constant, set at 0.1658 due to β=0.04

Page 62: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

31

a = age at death

L = standard expectation of life at age a

YLLs compute years of life lost from a disease as the difference between the current

health status and an ideal situation where people live to old age free of disease and disability

(Lopez AD, 2000). Murray and Lopez used the life expectancy at birth of Japanese women

in the computation of YLL (Murray CJL, 1996). This was done on grounds of equity so that

deaths in rich and poor countries will be valued equally. However, Williams argued that this

should not be the case as the practice inadvertently applies an equity weight greater than

one to each year lost in a country where life expectancy at a given age is less than the

standard (Williams A, 1999). He suggested using actual life expectancies for the country in

the calculations.

The Global Burden of Disease Study started in 1992 with the first results published in

1994 (Murray CJL and Lopez ADa, 1994). In the original version of the DALY, causes of

mortality were classified into three big groups: Group I included communicable, perinatal and

maternal conditions, Group II was non-communicable diseases, and Group III was injuries.

Mortality estimates were arrived at using three methods. In areas where there is good vital

registration, they used the deaths as coded by the registration system according to the ninth

revision of the International Classification of Diseases (ICD9). In China and India where

there is no complete vital registration system, data from sample registration systems were

used after adjusting for underreporting. Model-derived estimates of cause-of-death patterns

based on total age-specific mortality were the second source of estimates. The relationship

between Groups I, II, and III, and total mortality for each age group was examined using

indirect techniques developed by Preston. The third source of estimates was built from

disease experts on regional epidemiology patterns for specific diseases. These specialists

gave assessments of incidence, prevalence, remission and case fatality rates based on

review of available data for each disease. Estimates were then subjected to internal

consistency checks using DISMOD, a competing-risks computer model (Murray CJL and

Lopez ADa, 1996). DISMOD uses general population based parameters and disease specific

inputs to check internal consistency of estimates. In the computation of YLL, life expectancy

of 82.5 for females and 80 for males were used in the computation. Age-weights were

applied with an age-weighting modulation factor of 0.04 and a discount rate of 3% was used

for future years. These methods were basically the same used for the second set of DALY

estimates published in 1996 (Murray CJL and Lopez ADa , 1996). One difference was that

nutritional disorders were properly classified in Group I. Nutritional disorders were classified

as non-communicable diseases in the earlier estimates.

Page 63: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

32

Other than the Global Burden of Disease Study, two other studies tried to estimate

burden of disease in their respective countries using DALY. Schopper and others (Schopper

D, et al, 2000) tried to estimate burden of disease in Geneva. They used the national

mortality database to estimate mortality (Schopper D, et al, 2000). Deaths were recoded

according to ICD 9 as Switzerland still uses ICD 8. Life expectancies, age-weights, and

discounting rates for future years used were the same with the GBD. On the other hand,

Mathers and others attempted to estimate DALYs for Australia (Mathers CD, et al, 2001)

(Mathers CD, et al, 2000). They made several revisions for YLL computation to make the

results more applicable for Australia. First, the difference in life expectancies of females from

male is 4.2, greater than 2.5 used in GBD. Another alteration from the GBD was the non-

usage of age-weighting. However, a discount rate of 3% for future years was still used.

Methods for Estimating Disability Data (Years Lived with Disability)

Years Lived with Disability (YLD) is defined as the time lived in health states worse than

perfect health (Murray CJL, 1996). This is weighted by a preference weight for each health

state. This can be computed as follows:

rLaraLr

ra

er

KeaLre

r

eKCDYLDs

1

11))((

)(

)())((2

Where:

r = discount rate for future years; 3% was used

β =parameter of the age weighting function, where 0.04 was used

K = age-weighting modulation factor, which was equal to 1

C = constant, set at 0.1658 due to β=0.04

a = age at onset of disability

L = duration of disability

D = disability weight

Because data on disability is not as readily available as mortality data, methods used

for the estimation of YLD are more complicated. The methods used for the original YLD‘s in

1992 were as follows: First, disability was defined into four domains namely, procreation,

occupation, education, and recreation (Murray CJL, 1996). Then, six classes of disability

were arbitrarily identified based on word definitions related to activities of daily living,

Page 64: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

33

instrumental activities of daily living, and the four domains. Probabilities of transition from

disease to major disabling sequelae were estimated using available literature and expert

panels. And finally, a panel of public health practitioners was asked to choose the severity

weight for each of the six classes using a rating scale method. However, important criticisms

against this approach were raised in scientific meetings and country applications, which

prompted the authors to revise some of the methods. In the 1996 estimations, revisions were

already made which included shifting away from defining disability class in terms of the four

domains used earlier and having a more deliberative process of choosing weights for any of

the disabling sequelae using the person trade-off approach (Murray CJL and Lopez ADb,

1996).

Having developed the disability weights, the GBD made it easier for succeeding

studies to estimate disability. Schopper and others indirectly estimated YLD through data

published by Murray (Schopper D, et al, 2000). They used YLD/YLL ratios calculated for

health conditions in Established Market Economies (EME) to estimate YLD in Geneva when

this ratio is <10. When the ratio is >10, primary data on incidence, age of onset, duration,

and degree of disability for EME countries as published in Global Burden of Disease Study

(GBD) were used. Mathers and others, in the Australian Burden of Disease Study used

incidence rates directly available for some conditions directly from disease registration

systems or epidemiologic studies (Mathers CD, et al, 2001) (Mathers CD, et al, 2000) For

conditions when only prevalence was available, they used the computer program DISMOD

to model incidence. For disability weights, they used actual or derived weights from GBD

and Dutch disability weights. They used the Dutch disability weights as much as possible as

it was more applicable for Australia. A major revision was that weights were adjusted for co-

morbidity unlike in the GBD and the Dutch Study.

The GBD group made the computations for DALY easier by providing a worksheet

(attached) that computes for DALYs provided certain data points are entered. These data

points are: (1) the number of incident cases (2) average age at onset of the disability (3)

expected duration of the disability (4) the disability weights (5) number of deaths and (6) life

expectancy at age of death.

Breteau Index for predicting Dengue outbreaks

The Breteau index has been linked with the transmission level of the dengue fever

and can be used as a warning indicator of this disease (Wei-Chun et al, 2008). The index is

measured in terms of the number of containers positive for mosquito larvae per 100 houses

Page 65: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

34

inspected. This is generally considered to be the best of the commonly used indices (such

as the House Index or the Container Index), since it combines dwellings and containers and

is more qualitative besides having epidemiological significance

Density

Level

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Breteau

Index

1 - 4 5 - 9 10 -

19

20 -

34

35 -

49

50 -

78

78 -

99

100 -

199

>

200

Figure 3 The Breteau Index

As shown in Figure 3 when the Breteau index is above 50 (i.e. density level >6), it is

regarded as highly dangerous in terms of transmission of the disease according to the

definition provided by the WHO; above 20 (i.e. density level >4), it is considered to be

sensitive, meaning that a dengue fever epidemic could break out anytime; under 5 (i.e.

density level <2), this means that the disease will not be transmitted.

The formulae used for this index include:

Stage 1 - Yit =f(TEMit,WETit, RAINit−1,Yit−1)

Stage 2 - NDENit = g Yˆit, POPit

Where:

Yit is the density level in county i at time t,

Yit−1 is the one-period lagged density level in county i,

TEMit is the temperature in Celsius in county i at time t,

WETit is the humidity in county i at time t,

RAINit−1 is the one-period lagged rainfall in county i at time t,

NDENit is the number of people infected with dengue fever in county i at time t,

Yˆit is the estimated density level in county i at time t from equation (1),

POPit is the population in county i at time t.

Page 66: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

35

The Breteau index is a very practical tool that can be used either at the barangay,

municipal or provincial levels to reliably predict a dengue or malaria outbreak. The sanitary

inspector or the midwife can be trained to use this index and give weekly reports to the rural

health nurse or doctor. This will be a simple but reliable surveillance tool that will give the

health authorities some time to control an imminent outbreak.

The index can be complemented with policy pronouncements that will compel

adherence to disease prevention behavior i.e. regular decanting and destruction of mosquito

breeding sites. Similar successful policies have been implemented in Malaysia where urban

dengue outbreaks were prevented with strict policy implementation.

Vulnerability Maps to precisely locate vulnerability hotspots

The vulnerability map is a visual representation of vulnerable areas or ―hotspots‖. It is

designed to provide national and local planners with a visual reference for areas that are

more vulnerable to the changes in the environment, including the health sector, brought

about by climate change.

Vulnerability map is part of the impact model that is at the center of vulnerability assessment.

Although the vulnerability map is at the center, not all of the factors or variables identified in

the model can be effectively rendered in the map. These other factors and variables would

only clutter the map and make it less understandable.

In coming up with the vulnerability map, the project team initially decided to use available

mapping software technology (i.e., ArcGIS) as tool to build such. Computer-aided mapping

technologies have been observed by the team as common to all the three (3) provincial

validation sites of the project in terms of mapping capabilities. However, during the course

of gathering the necessary datasets that could be rendered in ArcGIS for the project, a

number of limitations were encountered.

Limitations to the Vulnerability Maps

The following limitations have been encountered by the project team in coming up

with computer-aided vulnerability maps:

Unavailability of information/data - One of the difficulties encountered by the team

in its effort to gather datasets and shapefiles (GIS filetype) was the unavailability of

Page 67: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

36

information or data itself. It is not absolutely necessary that the data or information

be in a shapefile or geo-referenced (i.e. longitude and latitude readings). It is

sufficient that the data could be linked to a geographic area. For example, the open

pit dumpsites data that the team was able to gather was not geo-referenced but with

a specific barangay-level address, the team will be able to mark this on the map.

This becomes an important piece of information for planners. However, a number of

vital data sets were dropped from the list because they were either not being

collected or not available for dissemination during the visit. This limits the analysis

that could be done at the province and municipality level when assessing for

vulnerabilities to diseases. Table 1 presents the dataset requirements identified by

the project team.

Most often, the team was able to find a map that shows the data needed in building

the vulnerability map, however, the data is in picture format (*.jpg or *.bmp). These

cannot be rendered or manipulated in the mapping software (ArcGIS) being used by

the team. Such predicament posed serious limitations on the team‘s ability to

electronically render, analyze and present the different data sets in a vulnerability

map.

Table 1 Vulnerability Map Dataset Requirements

Variables/Datasets Agency Involved

Rainfall

Temp (Max, Min, Mean)

Relative Humidity

Number of Weather Stations and Locations

PAGASA-DOST

Prevalence and Incidence of Diseases

Age/Sex-Specific Morbidity/Mortality Data

Address of Health Facilities/Coordinates if available

(Longitude and Latitude of health facilities from

Barangay health units to tertiary hospitals)

DOH (NCDPC, IMS)

DOH – PHAP (Hospital

Licensing)

DOH-IMS (Information

Management Office)

Population Information

Low Density/High Density Population (geographical

locations)

NSO

Page 68: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

37

Variables/Datasets Agency Involved

Topographic Maps NAMRIA - DENR

Forest Cover FMB - DENR

Watershed and Water Networks DENR / DA

Disaster Preparedness Index of Provinces,

Municipalities

DND / DILG / PNRC

Human Settlement Information DILG

Geohazard Maps NAMRIA / MGB

Rodent/Mosquito Population Research Institute for Tropical

Medicine (RITM)

Landfill Information DENR - NSWMC

Road Networks DPWH – Central Office or from

Planning Offices of each

Province

Safe Water Access NSO

Data Sources - The datasets and shapefiles that the team has been able to gather

so far has been mostly sourced through official channels. However in order to

facilitate the initial discussion for the project, some information were gathered

through unofficial channels.

There were also instances wherein the needed shapefiles are already available;

however, securing these data is another issue. What is being shared for the project

is just a portion or just the picture format of it.

Incompatibility of existing map formats for use in ArcView - The official maps

from NAMRIA are currently rendered in AUTOCAD. Although they are currently in

the process of converting these files to shapefiles, the file format for ArcGIS, this is a

long and tedious process. It would take the team approximately 50 weeks to convert

the AUTOCAD files for Palawan which is composed of 50 map sheets or files at a

rate of 1 week: 1 map sheet. This is the shortest time estimate given to the team by

the NAMRIA if the AUTOCAD file were ―clean‖ or needed fewer adjustments. But

there is no assurance that the Palawan files are clean.

Page 69: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

38

According to NAMRIA, among the three focus areas, Palawan is the least priority

when it comes to conversion because it is not a ―geohazard area‖ unlike Pangasinan

and Rizal where some of the map sheets have been converted to shapefiles. This is

a special concern for the team because, even if shapefiles are available, they are not

complete that would allow for a comprehensive analysis of the province. To

illustrate, Figure 4 shows the flood and landslide prone areas in Pangasinan based

on available NAMRIA maps. It can be seen that two large chunks of Pangasinan

(Dagupan City and Infanta areas) cannot be rendered on the map.

Figure 4 Flood and landslide prone areas in Pangasinan

“Misalignment” of some maps to NAMRIA maps. The team has been able to get

shapefiles but, when rendered on ArcGIS, they are misaligned. This is particularly

true for the provincial and municipality boundary files, which shows the administrative

boundaries of the different municipalities and provinces. As can been seen in Figure

5, the boundary shapefiles are ―misaligned‖ when super-imposed over the NAMRIA-

produced shapefiles, such as the forest cover map. Technically, this could be fixed

by manually adjusting the boundary files. But this will never be fully aligned with the

NAMRIA-based files.

Page 70: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

39

Figure 5 Pangasinan Provincial and Municipal boundaries rendered over the forest

cover shapefile

No available digitized barangay boundary maps. The team also has difficulty in

securing digitized barangay maps. Such limitation poses a problem since, ideally,

incidences of the diseases should be mapped out in a specific location at the

barangay level in order to come up with a more evidence-based analysis of its

demographic or environmental characteristics.

Use of mapping software tool only at the national and provincial level. Mapping

software technologies are only available and being used for planning activities at the

national and provincial level. Although there are few cities and municipalities in the

country which are also using mapping software technologies, however, their use is

only limited to purposes such as tax mapping and development planning. And since

there is now a paradigm shift in terms of planning hierarchy from top down into

bottom up, it is important to also equip these local planning offices (i.e. municipalities)

with the necessary tools to guide them and carry their respective mandates in

addressing issues in their own localities.

Alternative Method for the Vulnerability Mapping

Ideally, the vulnerability map being envisioned by the team should be rendered and

analyzed electronically. The use of Geographic Information System (GIS) software such as

ArcGIS allows the team more room for modeling the vulnerability assessment. But given the

Page 71: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

40

limitations presented above, the team has decided to shift to a more traditional method of

rendering, analyzing and presenting the vulnerability maps. A more manual methodology

allows the team to integrate data in different formats (shapefiles, pictures, print outs) into a

common platform – acetates or similar materials. This conventional method hopes to also

address the issue of technical readiness in using ArcGIS software of some municipalities in

the study area. Through the use of acetates and overlay of the various variable layers (or

maps) being considered in this study, local planners and decision makers will be able to

participate in the planning process and at the same time appreciate the visual presentation

of the vulnerabilities in their respective jurisdictions.

For instance, local planners could overlay the political boundary map (Acetate 1 in

Figure 6) together with other maps/layers such as built-up areas (Acetate 2), flood prone

areas (Acetate 4), and solid waste disposal (Acetate 5) in order to see the locations that are

vulnerable to, say, leptospirosis. Or they can further analyze why incidences of leptospirosis

are high to some areas by looking at the demographic and environmental conditions in these

areas. One factor could be that these areas are the same areas that are flood prone or

where landfills or dumpsites are located.

Page 72: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

41

Acetate 1: Political Boundary Map Acetate 2: Built-up Areas Map

Acetate 3: Climate Map Acetate 4: Flood Prone Areas Map

Acetate 5: Solid Waste Disposal Map Acetate 6: Health Facilities Map Figure 6 Sample Maps of Rizal Province in Acetate platform

Page 73: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

42

Figure 7 Vulnerability to Summer Temperature

Figure 7 shows the temperature vulnerability map of Laguna Lake Basin. The provinces

located here are the National Capital Region (Metro Manila), Rizal province, Laguna

province and Cavite province. The provinces are further subdivided into municipalities. The

temperature vulnerability map was drawn by taking spot readings of temperature in different

places and plotting the temperature readings, then interpolated to come up with the

temperature map as shown above. Most of the built-up areas such as those located in NCR

are the hottest places. Those still covered with vegetations such as those located in Rizal,

Laguna and Cavite are a bit cooler and areas between NCR and Rizal which are populated

between the hottest and coolest part of the basin have moderate temperature.

Transforming this to vulnerability map makes the provinces/municipalities that are colored

green with low vulnerability, NCR with high vulnerability and part of Rizal with medium

vulnerability.

Taking into account disease occurrence in the different places in the Laguna Lake Basin,

areas in NCR close to the lake where the temperature is high causing drying down of stream

waters to stagnant level is conducive to dengue growth. This makes such areas highly

vulnerable to dengue. On the other hand, areas in Laguna where stream waters are still

flowing even during the summer season are considered less variable to dengue.

Page 74: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

43

Superimposing a map of water systems (sealed and open/unsealed) of the different

municipalities in the basin to the temperature map defines the vulnerability to cholera.

Communities with open or unsealed water systems are highly vulnerable to cholera due to

water contamination.

Figure 8 shows the vulnerability of the basin to high rainfall and flood. The map shows the

areas that were flooded during Typhoon Milenyo. The highly vulnerable areas are those

colored with blue. Most of the areas around the lake have the highest vulnerability while

areas outside are less vulnerable to flood.

Figure 8 Vulnerability to high rainfall and flood

Considering leptospirosis, the flood-prone areas are potential sources of leptospriosis.

These areas therefore are highly vulnerable to leptospriosis. The same areas are also

vulnerable to cholera especially communities where their water systems are not sealed type.

The uplands in the basin are less vulnerable to leptosprisos because such areas are not

reached by flood waters.

Page 75: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

44

Mapping and superimposing a health infrastructure map with the flood prone map,

temperature map and other environmental attribute maps will change the vulnerability of the

areas to diseases in the basin.

The importance of vulnerability maps is that it could be used as a tool for planning

investments for infrastructure, resettlement, reforestation, and so on. Moreover, planning

officers could also be guided further on what specific measures and strategies to introduce

to target/address climate change vulnerabilities.

B. Climate Change and Health Impact Modeling

There are two approaches to modeling the health impact of climate change.

The first uses a time series analysis to determine the effect of climate change on

Dengue utilizing data from the NCR. The second method uses a combination of

statistical methods to project future cases of selected diseases as well as alert and

epidemic thresholds.

Climate Change and Health Impact Modeling: Statistical Models

Disease impact modeling is one of the tools that can be used by planners of the

LGU, DOH, and NEDA to enable them to predict scenarios of health situation in the country

under climate change, thus, making the Philippines‘ health sector resilient. The capacity of

the planners to determine future outcome of climate change impact on health would enable

the government to implement effective climate change impact adaptation strategies.

Disease impact models are important tools in predicting the future effects of rainfall,

temperature, population of disease vectors, and changes in the environmental conditions to

the growth and incidence of diseases that impact on human health.

The general aim of developing disease impact models for selected climate change-

related diseases is to craft simple models that planners of the LGU, DOH and NEDA can use

to minimize the risks of having disease outbreaks in the future under a climate change

scenario.

Specifically, the modeling effort sought to:

a. Assess and evaluate the availability and adequacy of disease and climate

change data for modeling purposes in NCR, Palawan, Rizal, and Pangasinan;

Page 76: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

45

b. Determine which of the climate change indicators or factors contribute to the

increase or decrease of disease cases.

c. Develop a methodology for disease impact modeling; and

d. Project the impacts of climate change to diseases under different climate

change scenarios in 2020 and 2050.

Disease Impact Modeling

Disease impact modeling is one of the tools that can be used by planners of the

LGU, DOH, and NEDA to enable them to predict scenarios of health situation in the country

under climate change, thus, making the Philippines‘ health sector resilient. The capacity of

the planners to see future outcome of climate change impact on health would enable the

government to implement effective climate change impact adaptation strategies.

The general objective of this effort was to develop disease impact models for

selected climate change-related diseases that can be used by planners of the LGU, DOH

and NEDA to minimize the risks of having diseases in the future under a climate change

scenario.

The specific objectives of disease impact modeling were to:

a. assess and evaluate the availability and adequacy of disease and climate

change data for modeling purposes in NCR, Palawan, Rizal, and Pangasinan;

b. determine which of the climate change indicators or factors contribute to the

increase or decrease of disease cases, alert and epidemic thresholds;

c. develop a methodology for disease impact modeling; and

d. project the impacts of climate change to diseases under different climate

change scenarios in 2020 and 2050.

Conceptual Framework

The methodology used in this study is based on the following conceptual framework

(Figure 9):

Page 77: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

46

Figure 9 Conceptual Framework for Disease Impact Modeling

The framework shows six interactive components. These are:

a) Health and climate change assessment and evaluation

True, accurate, and adequate health and climate change data are important in

modeling. It is necessary that both health data and climate change data are observed

and recorded at the same place and at the same time. It is also imperative to use

true data, which refers to validated disease data which have passed through

scientific diagnosis approach. Use of suspected disease occurrence would cause

error in the modeling.

Adequacy refers to the optimum number of observations that could be used in

modeling. As a rule of thumb, use of more observations or data distributed in different

climate change conditions is better, resulting in clear pattern or trend. The optimum

number of observations could be established using proven statistical methods.

b) Modeling tools selection

Depending on resource availability, planners can use any of the two general

modeling – the graphical method and the automated computed-based system.

The graphical method is highly appropriate in rural areas where the economic

condition is not favorable. Its usefulness is significant to households which are at the

frontline of disease impact adaptation. Thus, graphical disease impact models could

be done at the barangay level where households would directly benefit from it.

Conceptual Framework

Modeling Tools Selection

Health & Climate

Change Data Assessment

And Evaluation

Model Development, Processing

and Selection

Model Interpretation,

refinement & Validation

Outcome Prediction &

Interpretation

Early

Warning

Page 78: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

47

Computer-based system is appropriate in urban areas that are economically well-off

and could afford sustainability of a computer-based system. This method therefore is

expensive compared to graphical method but it is fast for processing data and model

development.

c) Model development, processing, and selection

Model development refers to forming alternative models. Using graphical method,

this is simply drawing the disease data with climate change data one at a time. Model

processing is more appropriate in the computer system where health and climate

change data are processed together to form a model. Model selection is selecting the

best model from a list of developed alternative models using standard selection

criteria that are mostly statistical in nature.

d) Model interpretation, refinement and validation

After screening the alternative models and selecting the best one, the elements of

the best model needs to be interpreted to establish its strengths through statistical

tests. The relevant statistical tests are F-test, T-test and Chi-square test with

corresponding significance levels. Model refinement refers to further improving the

model by increasing or decreasing the data used in its formation and processing

again resulting in better statistical test results. After selecting or refining the data,

further validation strengthens the stability of the model. Validation requires testing the

model with real health and climate change data and statistically testing its

significance.

e) Outcome prediction and interpretation

Outcome prediction refers to using the best model in predicting disease magnitude or

indicator given predicted climate change data. Outcome interpretation refers to

analyzing the predicted values, formulating policies and actions that need to be

implemented in the field to lessen potential adverse impacts of diseases to people in

the locality. In outcome prediction, there are precautionary measures to bear in mind.

These are the limitations of the model usually defined by the range of conditions

where it was developed, its statistical accuracy, and the planners who are using it.

f) Early warning

The very reason for developing disease impact models is to enable LGU, DOH and

NEDA planners prepare governance systems in addressing disease impacts of

Page 79: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

48

climate change to health that would occur in the future. In particular, knowing what

lies ahead in terms of the climate change conditions through the predicted results

using the models serves as an early warning to the general public, allowing them to

plan out how to prepare themselves during a climate change scenario.

Limitations of Disease Impact Modeling

There are several limitations of the modeling process in this study. These are:

a. Non-availability of perfectly matched real time health and CC data

The available health data and CC data were not real time and perfectly matched

data. While the health data were actual cases, the CC data were projected to where

the locations of the diseases were observed. The CC data therefore were not taken

at the place when the disease was diagnosed and recorded.

b. Health data do not reflect start and finish time of diagnoses as well as that of

treatment.

The health data provided were actual disease cases recorded during a given day of

the month. There were no data saying that such particular disease case had the

shortest or longest time (number of days) from diagnosis to cure.

c. No lag time data on disease occurrence.

An ideal recording of disease cases vis-a-vis climate change indicators shows the

real time of disease occurrence starting from the first time of diagnosis where

symptoms were observed brought about by a change in temperature or rainfall or

relative humidity to the time when the disease was cured. This recording was not

available during the conduct of the study. Thus, integrating lag time variable to the

modeling was not possible because of lack of data.

d. Incomplete health data

The data provided by the Provincial Health Office in Palawan, Pangasinan and Rizal

derived from their disease surveillance data were incomplete. Some have disease

cases, some were alert thresholds and some were epidemic thresholds.

Page 80: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

49

Modeling Process

Modeling tools

There are two general tools used for impact modeling, the graphical approach and

mathematical or statistical modeling, which can be used depending on the availability of

resources and existence of personnel who can operate the system. These tools require

software and hardware support and information resources such as disease and climate

change data.

Graphical Modeling

This tool is the easiest, the least cost method, and could be easily understood by non-

college graduate. It requires only the following:

a. Graphing paper

b. Ruler calibrated in mm and cm

c. Colored pens

Because of its simplicity to use and being the cheapest among the available tools, it could

easily be performed by local planners at the municipal level whether in the health sector or

the local government units. This is simply done by graphing the dependent parameter with

the independent parameter. The dependent parameter is at the y-axis while the

independent parameter is at the x-axis. This method does not require any computer.

Because it is the cheapest tool, even local planners at the Barangay level could prepare their

disease impact models to guide them in the adaptation of the communities to potential

disease impacts of climate change.

Limitation of the graphical method

This tool is only applicable for two variables, namely the dependent variable (e.g. dengue

cases) and the independent variable (e.g. rainfall). If a disease is affected by two or more

climate change variables, impact modeling through graphical form is not appropriate

especially when simultaneous treatment of the contributing climate change factors and when

proofs of significance are necessary. This is where mathematical or statistical modeling is

more useful.

Procedure of graphical modeling

The steps to follow in using graphical method are shown below,

a. Draw the y-axis. This is the vertical line

b. Draw the x-axis. This is the horizontal line

Page 81: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

50

c. Plot the observations given the readings in the y-axis and in the x-axis

d. Connect the outer most points inside the plot –region. This represents the maximum

observed values.

e. Connect the inner most points (close to the x-axis) inside the plot- region. This

represents the minimum observed values.

f. The area bounded by the maximum and the minimum observed values define the

region of potential disease occurrence region.

The process is illustrated in Figure 10.

0

5

10

15

20

25

0.0 50.0 100.0 150.0 200.0 250.0 300.0

DE

NG

UE

CA

SE

S

RAINFALL (MM)

Graph of maximum values

Graph of minimum values

Potential disease region

Graphical Modeling

Figure 10 Graphical Representation of Disease Impacts vs. Rainfall

If there are several climate change factors, the planner may decide whether to place all the

graphs of the diseases and climate change factors in one graphing paper or each in

separate graphing paper for clarity.

Mathematical or statistical modeling tool

This tool is best applicable when there are more than two independent variables and one

dependent variable depending on available hardware and software. This requires the use of

the following hardware support:

a. Personal computer and peripherals

Page 82: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

51

b. Software: SPSS or any statistical software that can process linear and curvilinear

regression

c. Weather data such as rainfall, temperature, and relative humidity

d. Environmental parameters (existence of stagnant water bodies, moist-areas, garbage

areas, canals, water containers in households‘ surroundings, disease vector habitat)

For disease and climate change data with negatively or positively sloping linear trend,

EXCEL can be used. Its applications in impact modeling for climate change impact on health

are limited by the following constraints:

a. Useful only for disease observations that have linear relationships with the

independent variable (weather parameters). There are diseases and climate change

data with non-linear relationships;

b. Limited to one dependent (any disease unit) and one independent variable (say,

rainfall or temperature); and

c. It approximates trends; accuracy is dependent on the goodness of fit of the line graph

considering the data or observations.

The structure of the linear regression model is shown below,

Y = a + b1X1 + b2X2 + b3X3 (Equation No. 1)

Where: y is the predicted value of the disease (units that can be used are disease

cases, prevalence, alert threshold and epidemic threshold, etc.)

a – constant defining the slope of the line. This is the initial disease impact

level.

b1 – is a coefficient for independent variable X1 (rainfall),

b2 – is a coefficient for independent variable X2 (temperature),

b3 – is a coefficient for independent variable X3 (relative humidity)

X1 – weather parameter (rainfall)

X2 – weather parameter (any of the minimum, maximum or mean

temperature readings)

X3 – other weather parameters (relative humidity)

The other form of the model is a curvilinear model. Curvilinear models are sometimes

known as exponential or quadratic models. The form of curvilinear models is,

Page 83: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

52

Y = a + b1X12 + b2X23 (Equation No. 2)

The power or exponent means that the climate change factor has an exponential

factor.

Definition of Terms

In interpreting modeling results, there are important statistical parameters that the planners

from DOH, NEDA and LGU should be familiar of. These are:

a. Dependent variable – refers to the name of the variable to be predicted or estimated.

In this study, the dependent variables are cases, prevalence, alert level, and

epidemic level of dengue, malaria, leptospirosis, cholera, and typhoid specific to this

study. Other diseases may be included.

b. Independent variables – refer to the predictors of the dependent variables. Examples

of the independent variables are climate change indicators such as rainfall,

temperature, relative humidity, and environmental factors. These independent

variables contribute to the variations of the dependent variables.

c. Environmental factors – refer to the environmental conditions that favor the growth of

disease vectors. Examples are the existence of unmanaged waste disposal area

which has turned into a rat habitat, areas with stagnant water where mosquitoes live,

unsanitary water systems in barangays composed of old water delivery system from

source to communities where human waste disposal system infiltrates into water

sources.

d. Climate change indicators/data/parameters – refer to any of the following: rainfall,

temperature (maximum, minimum, mean), and relative humidity.

e. Vector – refers to disease carrier (could be insects, animals, and human beings). It

has been reported by medical practitioners that human urine can be a source of

leptospirosis. Humans or pets infected with malaria or dengue are considered

vectors.

f. Correlation value – indicates the relationship of one independent variable to the

dependent variable. The higher the correlation value, the better. This means that the

correlation between the independent variables and the dependent variable are

stronger. A correlation value higher than 0.5 is favorable. The independent variable

Page 84: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

53

Correlations

1 -.371 -.336 -.274 .731**

.052 .081 .176 .000

28 28 28 26 28

-.371 1 .981** .877** -.067

.052 .000 .000 .699

28 36 36 34 36

-.336 .981** 1 .956** .035

.081 .000 .000 .841

28 36 36 34 36

-.274 .877** .956** 1 .134

.176 .000 .000 .451

26 34 34 34 34

.731** -.067 .035 .134 1

.000 .699 .841 .451

28 36 36 34 36

Pearson Correlation

Sig. (2-tailed)

N

Pearson Correlation

Sig. (2-tailed)

N

Pearson Correlation

Sig. (2-tailed)

N

Pearson Correlation

Sig. (2-tailed)

N

Pearson Correlation

Sig. (2-tailed)

N

Alert thresholdD

Max. Temp (°C)D

Mean Temp. (°C)M

Min. Temp. (°C)M

Rainf all (mm)M

Alert

thresholdD

Max. Temp

(°C)D

Mean Temp.

(°C)M

Min. Temp.

(°C)M

Rainf all

(mm)M

Correlation is signif icant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed).**.

therefore should be selected in impact modeling as one or among the predictors.

Using an existing statistical software, the correlation table is shown in Figure 11.

Figure 11 Matrix Showing the Correlations of Independent Variables

g. R2 – is the coefficient of determination defining the goodness of fit of the regression

line to the observed values. The R2 values are given in decimal point which is

converted into percent. R2 values range from 0.1-1.0. An R2 closer to 0.1 has a

weaker goodness of fit and regression models having such R2 values should be

discarded because the models are inferior. Models having 0.5-1.0 R2 values have

stronger goodness of fit and therefore should be selected. Increases in R2 value

indicate increasing acceptability of the model. How should R2 be interpreted? If the

R2 value of a regression model is .800 or 80%, means 80% of the predicted values

are due to the independent variables and 20% are contributed by other variables not

included in the model. This is therefore an error. The R2 can also be interpreted as

the accuracy of the model in predicting values. Using statistical software, the R2 is

part of the summary table shown in the following matrix (Figure 12).

Figure 12 Matrix Showing the R-square Value

Model Summary

.915a .836 .808 17.450

Model

1

R R Square

Adjusted

R Square

Std. Error of

the Estimate

Predictors: (Constant), prov2, Rainfall (mm)D, prov1,

Max. Temp (°C)D

a.

Page 85: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

54

h. F-Test – is used to test the null hypothesis that variation in the independent variables

does not contribute to the variation in the dependent variable. To reinforce the

importance of the F-value, a significance level is also established. As a rule of thumb,

an F-value of greater that 2.0 with a significance level of 1-5% indicates that the null

hypothesis is rejected. This means that any variation in the independent variables

does contribute to the variation of the dependent variable. In this situation, the model

is accepted. On the other hand if the F-value is less than 2.0, the independent

variables do not contribute to the variation in the dependent variable. The model

therefore is rejected. Using statistical software, the F-value is found in the ANOVA

matrix (Figure 13).

Figure 13 ANOVA Matrix

i. T-Test – is used to determine whether the coefficients of the independent variables

and the constant are significant or not. The null hypothesis is b = 0 and the

alternative hypothesis is b # 0. If b = 0 is true then the independent variable having

such coefficient is not significant. Therefore, the independent variable is cancelled

out from the model. If b # 0, then it is significant. Therefore, it should be included in

the model. The t-test and significance levels are indicated in the coefficient table

shown in Figure 14.

ANOVAb

35819.046 4 8954.762 29.407 .000a

7003.811 23 304.514

42822.857 27

Regression

Residual

Total

Model

1

Sum of

Squares df Mean Square F Sig.

Predictors: (Constant), prov 2, Rainf all (mm)D, prov 1, Max. Temp (°C)Da.

Dependent Variable: Alert thresholdDb.

Page 86: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

55

Figure 14 Coefficients Matrix

j. Significance level – The F-value and T-values are accompanied with significance

values which determine the level of error of the F-value and T-value. An example is if

the significance level is 5%, this means that the chance of getting an error is 1 out of

20 or 5 out of 100. A 1% significance level is 1 out of 100 chance of getting an error.

Significance levels from 1 to 5% are highly desirable in regression modeling. The

significance level of the F-value is shown in the ANOVA table while that of the

coefficients are shown in the coefficient table.

k. Chi-square test – refers to the statistical test used in the determination of the

appropriateness or goodness of fit of actual values to the predicted values of a

regression model using actual data. The null hypothesis is X2 =,< x2c(k-1)

(where: c(k-

1) is computed at k-1 degrees of freedom. Reject the null hypothesis, otherwise.

l. Coefficient – refers to the magnitude of growth (coefficient has a positive sign) or

decay (coefficient has a negative sign) contributed by an independent variable to the

dependent variable. In equation no. 1, the b1X1 element means that for every unit of

X1, the predicted value is either reduced (-) or increased (+) by b1. Similarly, in

Equation no. 2, the coefficient b1 of X12 means that for every square of X1, the

predicted value is decreased (-) or increased (+) by b1.

m. Constant – refers to the initial/lowest point of the impact, if the independent variables

are equated to zero.

Coefficientsa

345.078 102.406 3.370 .003

-10.213 3.162 -.774 -3.230 .004

.154 .023 .614 6.733 .000

-34.851 8.586 -.416 -4.059 .000

-48.283 21.028 -.577 -2.296 .031

(Constant)

Max. Temp (°C)D

Rainf all (mm)D

prov1

prov2

Model

1

B Std. Error

Unstandardized

Coeff icients

Beta

Standardized

Coeff icients

t Sig.

Dependent Variable: Alert thresholdDa.

Page 87: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

56

1. Statistical Modeling Process: Estimating the current distribution and burden of climate-sensitive diseases

Estimating possible future health impacts of climate change must be based on an

understanding of the current disease burden and recent trends including the incidence and

prevalence of climate-sensitive diseases. In the Philippines, the Department of Health is the

major source of the current burden of climate-sensitive diseases at the national and regional

levels. At the local level, the provincial, city and municipal health offices maintain their

respective health database. These government sources may also provide information on

whether current health services are satisfying demand.

The current associations between climate and disease need to be described in ways

that can be linked with climate change projections. The associations can be based on

routine statistics collected by the Department of Health (e.g., FHSIS, PIDSR) or on published

literature. Adverse health outcomes associated with inter-annual climate variability, such as

El Niños, also could be considered (as we experienced in 1997 and currently during the

summer months of 2010).

a. Disease Impact Modeling and Projected Disease Impacts in 2020 and

2050 and Socioeconomic Impact

Disease impact models for dengue, malaria, cholera were developed out of the available

health data from the National Capital Region (NCR) and from Provincial Health Officers

(PHOs) of the Provinces of Palawan, Pangasinan and Rizal. Climate change (rainfall,

temperature and relative humidity) data used were furnished by PAGASA for the year 1992

to 2009, 2020 and 2050. The disease impact models were used to project disease impacts

in 2020 to 2050. The predictive capacity of the models is highly dependent on the accuracy

of the health and climate change data. Due to insufficiency of data on leptospirosis and

typhoid, no models were developed.

After several runs to screen and select the best models, only 3 models were successfully

developed. The diseases where statistically acceptable models were developed are dengue,

cholera and malaria. The models are:

Dengue Cases = -1267.347 - 0.615 * Monthly Rainfall - 21.389 * Maximum

Temperature + 31.442 * Relative Humidity

Page 88: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

57

Cholera Cases = 8.948 + 0.026 * Monthly Rainfall - 1.681 * Maximum Temperature +

0.663 * Relative Humidity

Malaria Cases = -218.918 - 0.089 * Monthly Rainfall + 7.605 * Maximum

Temperature

Both dengue and cholera impact models were found to be sensitive to monthly

rainfall, maximum temperature and relative humidity, whereas malaria is sensitive to

monthly rainfall and maximum temperature.

The models can be interpreted in this way: for every unit of the variables, the

corresponding responses of disease cases are summarized in the table below:

Table 2 Model specifications of disease cases as responses to climate change

variables

Disease Cases

One unit each of the variables will increase or decrease disease per thousand cases

Monthly Rainfall

(mm/day)

Maximum Temperature

(degree centigrade)

Relative Humidity

(%)

Increase Decrease Increase Decrease Increase Decrease

Dengue 615 21,389 31,442

Cholera 26 1,681 663

Malaria 89 7,605

The models in graphical forms together with the observed disease cases and climate

change indicators are shown in the following graphs. Figure 15 shows the graphs for

dengue. Both observed values and predicted values are close together indicating accuracy.

Page 89: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

58

Figure 15 Dengue Cases, Projected Cases and CC Indicators

The graphs for Malaria is shown in Figure 16. The dark blue color represents the

graph of malaria cases while the light blue color refers to the projected values. There is also

a close coherence between the observed cases and projected values using the model.

Figure 16 Malaria Cases, Projected Values and CC Indicators

Figure 17 shows that graph of cholera cases vs. projected values. Their fits are

almost perfect. This means that the model values are two close to the real observed cases

of cholera.

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

J F M AM J J A S O N D

Un

its

Month

Dengue Cases

Max. Temperature (Celsius)Relative Humidity (%)

Average Daily Rainfall (mm/day)Model

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

J F M A M J J A S O N D

Un

its

Month

Malaria Cases

Maximum Temperature (Celsius)Relative Humidity (%)

Page 90: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

59

Figure 17 Cholera Cases, Projected Values and CC Indicators

No model was developed for leptospirosis. Instead the observed cases were graphed

with the CC indicators. The results are shown in Figure 18. From the curves of leptospirosis

observed cases and rainfall, there seems to be a pattern where increase in rainfall indicates

an increase in the number of cases. Likewise, a reduction in rainfall means a reduction in

leptospirosis cases.

Figure 18 Leptospirosis Cases and CC Indicators

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

J F M A M J J A S O N D

Un

its

Months

Cholera Cases

Average Daily Rainfall (mm/day)

Max. Temperature (Celsius)

Relative Humidity (%)

Model

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

J F M A M J J A S O N D

Un

its

Month

Leptospirosis Cases

Average Daily Rainfall (mm/day)

Max. Temperature (Celsius)

Relative Humidity (%)

Page 91: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

60

Similarly, in typhoid where no model was developed due to lack of correlations

among the independent and dependent variables, apparently has similar pattern with

maximum temperature and relative humidity. The relationships, however, are weak (Figure

19).

Figure 19 Typhoid Cases and CC Indicators

Assessment and Evaluation of Disease and Climate Change Data

Analysis and evaluation of health and climate change data showed imperfect

matching and inadequacies causing major problems in developing the models. A remedial

measure adopted was to match projected climate change data from PAGASA in NCR and

the three provinces with health data. The health data were also found incomplete in terms of

actual cases. This is the reason why the models for leptospirosis and typhoid were not

developed.

Monthly averages of disease data from 2002-2007, were provided by the PHO in

Palawan, Rizal, and Pangasinan. On the other hand, the weather data were provided by

PAGASA. However, the weather data were not actually recorded at the same place and time

when the diseases were diagnosed and recorded. The NCR disease data was provided last

together with the PAGASA projection of climate change. These were matched with the

disease data to push through with the modeling exercises. In general, not all the diseases

have complete 12-month average data. The availability of disease and weather data is

summarized in Table 3.

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

J F M A M J J A S O N D

Un

its

Months

Typhoid Cases

Average Daily Rainfall (mm/day)

Max. Temperature (Celsius)

Relative Humidity (%)

Page 92: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

61

Table 3 Availability of Disease and Weather Data, Palawan, Rizal, Pangasinan, and NCR

Disease Indicators

National Capital Region

Palawan Rizal Pangasinan Rainfall Maximum

Temperature Minimum

Temperature Mean

Temperature

Initial Vector

Population

Dengue Cases 12m

8md 1md 37dd M m m m n

Alert Threshold n

12md 12md 12md m m m m n

Epidemic Threshold

n 12md 12md 12md m m m m n

Malaria Cases 12m

8md 1md 1md m m m m n

Alert Threshold n

n 12md n m m m m n

Epidemic Threshold

n n 12md 2md m m m m n

Cholera Cases 12m

n n 1md m m m M n

Alert Threshold n

n n 5md m m m M n

Epidemic Threshold

n n n 5md m m m M n

Leptospirosis Cases 12m

n n 1md m m m M n

Alert Threshold n

n 3md 4md m m m M n

Epidemic Threshold

n 5md 9md 6md m m m M n

Typhoid Cases 12

n 1md 9md m m m M n

Alert Threshold n

n 5md n m m m M n

Epidemic Threshold

n n 9md 3md m m m M n

Legend:

8md = 8 months data

n = no data

37dd = 37 days data

m = matched data not sure whether taken at the same time with disease observations.

Page 93: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

62

The provincial data for NCR, Palawan, Pangasinan and Rizal are shown in Book 2,

Appendix K Climate Change Impact Modeling Data. It is interesting to note that most disease

cases are blank while alert and epidemic thresholds were provided by the PHOs.

The criteria used in evaluating the health and climate change data for use in the disease

impact modeling are:

1. Possible pairing or matching of climate change and health data in the absence of

health records which already incorporated climate change data.

2. Adequacy of observations. Ideally, the number of data to be used should not be less

than 30 observations to show clear trends. Since the data were monthly averages,

the maximum number of data is 12 observation points. This study had no other

recourse but to use the available data.

3. Existence of health and climate change data relationships. Health data and climate

change relationships are distinct in real data so that manufactured data are easily

identifiable due to lack of patterns or trends.

The differences in processing health data coming from the 4 selected areas provided by

DOH and their PHOs indicate the need to standardize health and climate change data

monitoring form required at different levels.

The data that were provided were processed data, i.e., they are monthly averages from

2002 to 2007, without the necessary climate change data. Averaging the monthly disease

data limits the number of observations to be used in the modeling exercise resulting in more

inferior models. Instead of averaging the disease and climate change data, actual individual

observations should be used. In the case of the NCR, the climate change data were

projections by the PAGASA in daily averages by month by year from 1992 to 2009.

Assumptions Used in the Impact Modeling

1. The data from the DOH in Manila for disease data for NCR, PHOs in Palawan, Rizal,

and Pangasinan are the recognized correct and official data on the following

diseases; a) dengue; b) malaria; c) Leptospirosis; d) cholera; and e) typhoid. There

are no other official data except these data. Disease diagnosis procedures were

properly undertaken by DOH or PHOs, thus establishing the correct types of disease.

Page 94: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

63

2. The observations on the diseases in the locality were due to existing population of

disease vectors/carriers that were not recorded. Thus, these variables were not

included in the impact models.

3. That the climate change parameters were correct, exact and true conditions at the

locations when the diseases were diagnosed. The climate change data came from

PAGASA, and these were projections from the nearest weather monitoring stations

to or in the province.

4. That the initial diseases‘ levels were equal to the initial recorded disease levels

indicated in the data coming from the PHOs.

5. That the diseases react to changes or variations in the climate change parameters as

manifested in the health data.

Results and Testing of the Impact Models

The impact modeling procedure and corresponding results are presented and discussed

in the following sections.

How is the disease impact equation formulated?

The equation is formed by referring to the coefficients table (Table 4). The first column

shows the list of variables: constant down to prove in this example. The second column

indicates the non-standardized coefficients composed of B or b coefficients and their

corresponding standard errors. The B or coefficient values are either positive or

negative. From these coefficients, the equation is,

Y = Constant + B 1 Max. Temp + B 2 Rainfall + B 3 Prov1 + B 4 Prov2

From the table, Constant = 345.078, B 1 = - 10.214, B 2 = +0.154, B 3 = -34.851, B 4 = -

48.283. Plug in these coefficients in the general equation form above will give the impact

disease model. The signs of the B coefficients also should be reflected in the equation.

Page 95: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

64

Table 4 Sample Coefficient Table

Significant Level of the Model

When is the model acceptable? The answer to this question is given by the F-Test. If the F-

Test value is highly significant, the model as a whole is acceptable and therefore can be

used for predicting values.

Goodness of Fit

The goodness of fit is given by the R-square value of the model. If the r-square

value, say is 0.80, this means that the 80% of the predicted values are due to the predictor

variables and that 20% are attributed to errors which are not part of the model.

The outputs of the tests of the models are shown in Book 2, Appendix L Testing

Climate Change and Health Impact models.

Validating the Impact Models

After developing the impact models, there is a need to test how good they are in predicting

values. Observations not used in the model development may be compared to the

expected/predicted values using the model. The statistical test to be used is Chi-square test.

The formula for this is,

X2 = Sum (observed – expected) ^2 / Expected

Where: observed data refers to actual data;

Expected data – refers to predicted data using the model

Coefficientsa

345.078 102.406 3.370 .003

-10.213 3.162 -.774 -3.230 .004

.154 .023 .614 6.733 .000

-34.851 8.586 -.416 -4.059 .000

-48.283 21.028 -.577 -2.296 .031

(Constant)

Max. Temp (°C)D

Rainf all (mm)D

prov1

prov2

Model

1

B Std. Error

Unstandardized

Coeff icients

Beta

Standardized

Coeff icients

t Sig.

Dependent Variable: Alert thresholdDa.

Page 96: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

65

The model has a very good ―goodness of fit‖ if the X2 =, < X2 c(k-1). Otherwise, the model has

a weak goodness of fit or the predicted values are different from the observed values.

How to Use the Models

Since modeling is highly dependent on existing real data which is expensive to generate

because of the value and alternative use of money and the cost of monitoring real data, the

models developed in this study may be used by DOH, NEDA and LGU in the following

alternative uses under the same conditions where the data were collected. Models

adjustments for further refinements for better predictive accuracy of the parameters of the

selected diseases are necessary.

a. For outright use in the projection of diseases in any municipality, province or the

whole country. For municipal model, plug in the CC indicators from the municipality.

For provincial model, plug in the CC indicators from the province. And for national

use, sum all the results of the provincial models to make up the projection for the

whole country. Averaging the CC indicators at the national level is not advisable

because there will be some provinces with projections below or above the average.

b. For further study to improve models developed. Useful for other provinces not

covered in this study by using their actual data on diseases on dengue, malaria,

leptospirosis, cholera and typhoid and rainfall, temperature and relative humidity data

and test whether the observed and expected values are statistically similar using Chi-

square test.

c. Using the data of the provinces, refine the models by changing the coefficients. The

independent variables maybe similar but the coefficients and coefficient of

determination are different..

d. Predicting the impact values serving as early warning to policy makers, planners and

community resource leaders and managers.

Page 97: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

66

Projecting Diseases Using the Prediction Models

There are precautionary measures that should be known in using the disease impact models

as well as in using the predicted values. There are:

1. Never go beyond the range of the observed independent variables in assuming their

values in the prediction of disease impacts unless there are data showing adaptation

of the disease vectors in new environmental conditions.

2. All negative Y values do not exist in the real world and such values can be

interpreted as there are levels of the climate change parameters that diseases do not

occur.

3. Models are more accurate if used in areas where the dates were collected all at the

same time instead of pairing the health data with the climate change data.

b. A Time Series Analysis of the Effect of Climate Change on the Incidence of

Dengue in the National Capital Region, 1995-2007

As part of the risk estimation step of Activity 1 (Health Risk Assessment (HRA) on

Climate Change Vulnerability and Adaptation), an epidemiologic model was proposed to

describe the relationship of the different weather elements and the incidence of selected

infectious diseases (malaria, dengue, cholera and leptospirosis) based on data from the

National Epidemiology Center of the Department of Health and the Philippine Atmospheric,

Geophysical and Astronomical Services Administration (PAGASA) of the Department of

Science and Technology. A model that could be developed would be helpful in defining any

relationship between climate factors and disease that could help prepare communities

mitigate the effects of increases in infectious diseases.

Making a predictive model is intended to assess the change in the number of cases

of infectious diseases under future climate change conditions. Apart from the results of

correlation/regression studies in selected areas in the Philippines, a time series analysis was

also conducted for the risk estimation of climate change on health in Metro Manila in order

to: 1) to describe the trend of the incidence of selected infectious diseases and outbreaks

and correlate these with changes in weather elements indicative of climate change (such as

monthly temperature, rainfall and relative humidity) in the National Capital Region during the

Page 98: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

67

period covered; and, 2) to develop an extrapolation of the estimates of computed dengue

cases based on climate-related factors using a predictive model.

Methodology

A. Sources of data

The study had been confined to using data from the National Capital Region in order

to ensure the completeness and accuracy of data on selected infectious diseases. Regional

data might relatively be delayed and inaccurate compared to data obtained from Metro

Manila which historically has more cases than other parts of the country.

Data on the number of cases of malaria, dengue, cholera and leptospirosis in the

National Capital Region from 1992 to 2007 were obtained from the National Epidemiology

Center of the DOH. Population census data and projection data was obtained from the

website of the National Statistics Office. Data from the 2007 total Philippine population and

total population of the National Capital Region was obtained from the 2007 census of

Population. The total Philippine population data obtained for 2000 to 2006 and 2008 to 2009

was obtained from a medium-term assumption from the National Statistics Office1. Likewise,

the 2000 to 2006 and 2008 to 2009 total population for NCR was also obtained from the

same website. Population data from 1993 to 1999 were obtained from the Philippine Health

Statistics 1960 – 2005 of the DOH. Population data from 1993 to 1996 were obtained by

multiplying the Philippine population by 13% which was the average proportion of the size of

population of the National Capital Region to the total Philippine population.

Computations for incidence for the infectious diseases listed in Table 5 were

obtained from the abovementioned sources of data. Incidence data are reported below per

100,000 population.

Table 5 Incidence of Infectious Diseases, National Capital Region, 1993 to 2007

Infectious Disease Years Covered Total number of Cases

Dengue 1993-2007 64,757

Cholera 1992-2009 2,729

1 http://www.census.gov.ph/data/sectordata/popproj_tab1r.html

Page 99: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

68

Typhoid 1998-2009 4,530

Leptospirosis 1998-2009 879

Malaria 1998-2009* 2,558

*Note: w/o 1995

Due to the large variation of monthly data for rainfall during the 14-year period, these

were transformed using the natural logarithm (ln). The transformed data were used in the

presentation of the seasonal patterns of rainfall along with the other weather elements. All

other data were used in their original raw numeric form.

B. Time Series Analysis A series of line graphs were constructed to show the trend of the incidence through

Excel software (Figure 20 to Figure 23). Based on the relatively higher incidence of dengue,

a specific analysis was undertaken to correlate dengue and various weather elements by

constructing a line graph to describe a time series analysis of rainfall, temperature and

relative humidity with the incidence of dengue.

Further time series analyses were undertaken to develop several models to predict

the number of cases of dengue based on climate factors specifically for 1995 to 2007 (that

had the most completed data from the available 1993-2007 dataset obtained from the DOH).

The Autoregressive Integrated Moving Average (ARIMA) model procedure (SPSS/PASW

version 18) was used to determine the contribution of rainfall (transformed to its natural log),

maximum and minimum temperature and relative humidity in estimating the number of

dengue cases for the whole of the National Capital Region and for each city in NCR.

Seasonality (i.e. periodicity of 12 months) and time lags (i.e. climate factors were all

subjected to a biologically plausible time lag of one month in estimating the number of

dengue cases) were both considered in the development of the models.

Results

Based on the following graphs, the incidence for dengue was far greater than the

incidence for malaria, cholera and leptospirosis (which showed a dramatic increase in 2009

due to the leptospirosis epidemic following the September 26 flooding in the aftermath of

Page 100: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

69

Typhoon Ondoy). Data for incidence for malaria, cholera and leptospirosis were adjusted

and presented as per 1,000,000 population instead of per 100,000 population, which was

used for dengue.

Figure 20 Malaria Incidence: National Capital Region, 1993-2009

Figure 21 Dengue Incidence: National Capital Region, 1993-2007

Figure 1: Malaria Incidence:

National Capital Region, 1993 - 2009

0.00

0.50

1.00

1.50

2.00

2.50

3.00

Ja

n-9

3

Ap

r-9

3

Ju

l-9

3

Oct-

93

Ja

n-9

4

Ap

r-9

4

Ju

l-9

4

Oct-

94

Ja

n-9

5

Ap

r-9

5

Ju

l-9

5

Oct-

95

Ja

n-9

6

Ap

r-9

6

Ju

l-9

6

Oct-

96

Ja

n-9

7

Ap

r-9

7

Ju

l-9

7

Oct-

97

Ja

n-9

8

Ap

r-9

8

Ju

l-9

8

Oct-

98

Ja

n-9

9

Ap

r-9

9

Ju

l-9

9

Oct-

99

Ja

n-0

0

Ap

r-0

0

Ju

l-0

0

Oct-

00

Ja

n-0

1

Ap

r-0

1

Ju

l-0

1

Oct-

01

Ja

n-0

2

Ap

r-0

2

Ju

l-0

2

Oct-

02

Ja

n-0

3

Ap

r-0

3

Ju

l-0

3

Oct-

03

Ja

n-0

4

Ap

r-0

4

Ju

l-0

4

Oct-

04

Ja

n-0

5

Ap

r-0

5

Ju

l-0

5

Oct-

05

Ja

n-0

6

Ap

r-0

6

Ju

l-0

6

Oct-

06

Ja

n-0

7

Ap

r-0

7

Ju

l-0

7

Oct-

07

Ja

n-0

8

Ap

r-0

8

Ju

l-0

8

Oct-

08

Ja

n-0

9

Ap

r-0

9

Ju

l-0

9

Oct-

09

Year and Month - by Quarter

Pe

r 1

,000

,00

0 p

op

ula

tio

n

Figure 2: Dengue Incidence:

National Capital Region, 1993 - 2007

0.00

5.00

10.00

15.00

20.00

25.00

30.00

Jan-

93

Apr

-93

Jul-9

3

Oct

-93

Jan-

94

Apr

-94

Jul-9

4

Oct

-94

Jan-

95

Apr

-95

Jul-9

5

Oct

-95

Jan-

96

Apr

-96

Jul-9

6

Oct

-96

Jan-

97

Apr

-97

Jul-9

7

Oct

-97

Jan-

98

Apr

-98

Jul-9

8

Oct

-98

Jan-

99

Apr

-99

Jul-9

9

Oct

-99

Jan-

00

Apr

-00

Jul-0

0

Oct

-00

Jan-

01

Apr

-01

Jul-0

1

Oct

-01

Jan-

02

Apr

-02

Jul-0

2

Oct

-02

Jan-

03

Apr

-03

Jul-0

3

Oct

-03

Jan-

04

Apr

-04

Jul-0

4

Oct

-04

Jan-

05

Apr

-05

Jul-0

5

Oct

-05

Jan-

06

Apr

-06

Jul-0

6

Oct

-06

Jan-

07

Apr

-07

Jul-0

7

Oct

-07

Year and Month - by Quarter

Per

100,0

00 p

op

ula

tio

n

Page 101: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

70

Figure 22 Cholera Incidence: National Capital Region, 1992-2009

Figure 23 Leptospirosis Incidence: National Capital Region, 1996-2009

Figure 24 is a line graph describing a time series analysis of rainfall, temperature and

relative humidity along with the incidence of dengue. Based from the data obtained from the

National Epidemiology Center of the DOH, the rise in the incidence of dengue cases is

Figure 3: Cholera Incidence:

National Capital Region, 1992 - 2009

0.00

2.00

4.00

6.00

8.00

10.00

12.00

14.00

16.00

18.00

20.00Ja

n-9

2

Ap

r-9

2

Ju

l-9

2

Oct-

92

Ja

n-9

3

Ap

r-9

3

Ju

l-9

3

Oct-

93

Ja

n-9

4

Ap

r-9

4

Ju

l-9

4

Oct-

94

Ja

n-9

5

Ap

r-9

5

Ju

l-9

5

Oct-

95

Ja

n-9

6

Ap

r-9

6

Ju

l-9

6

Oct-

96

Ja

n-9

7

Ap

r-9

7

Ju

l-9

7

Oct-

97

Ja

n-9

8

Ap

r-9

8

Ju

l-9

8

Oct-

98

Ja

n-9

9

Ap

r-9

9

Ju

l-9

9

Oct-

99

Ja

n-0

0

Ap

r-0

0

Ju

l-0

0

Oct-

00

Ja

n-0

1

Ap

r-0

1

Ju

l-0

1

Oct-

01

Ja

n-0

2

Ap

r-0

2

Ju

l-0

2

Oct-

02

Ja

n-0

3

Ap

r-0

3

Ju

l-0

3

Oct-

03

Ja

n-0

4

Ap

r-0

4

Ju

l-0

4

Oct-

04

Ja

n-0

5

Ap

r-0

5

Ju

l-0

5

Oct-

05

Ja

n-0

6

Ap

r-0

6

Ju

l-0

6

Oct-

06

Ja

n-0

7

Ap

r-0

7

Ju

l-0

7

Oct-

07

Ja

n-0

8

Ap

r-0

8

Ju

l-0

8

Oct-

08

Ja

n-0

9

Ap

r-0

9

Ju

l-0

9

Oct-

09

Year and Month - by Quarter

Per

1,0

00

,000 p

op

ula

tio

n

Figure 4: Leptospirosis Incidence:

National Capital Region, 1996 - 2009

0.00

20.00

40.00

60.00

80.00

100.00

120.00

140.00

160.00

180.00

Ja

n-9

8

Ap

r-9

8

Ju

l-9

8

Oct-

98

Ja

n-9

9

Ap

r-9

9

Ju

l-9

9

Oct-

99

Ja

n-0

0

Ap

r-0

0

Ju

l-0

0

Oct-

00

Ja

n-0

1

Ap

r-0

1

Ju

l-0

1

Oct-

01

Ja

n-0

2

Ap

r-0

2

Ju

l-0

2

Oct-

02

Ja

n-0

3

Ap

r-0

3

Ju

l-0

3

Oct-

03

Ja

n-0

4

Ap

r-0

4

Ju

l-0

4

Oct-

04

Ja

n-0

5

Ap

r-0

5

Ju

l-0

5

Oct-

05

Ja

n-0

6

Ap

r-0

6

Ju

l-0

6

Oct-

06

Ja

n-0

7

Ap

r-0

7

Ju

l-0

7

Oct-

07

Ja

n-0

8

Ap

r-0

8

Ju

l-0

8

Oct-

08

Ja

n-0

9

Ap

r-0

9

Ju

l-0

9

Oct-

09

Year and Month - by Quarter

Per

1,0

00,0

00 p

op

ula

tio

n

Page 102: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

71

generally from April to October and this observation apparently coincides with increases in

maximum and minimum temperature as well as relative humidity and seasonal increases in

rainfall.

There are six observable instances of concordance between the peaks of dengue

incidence and the abovementioned climate factors or weather elements in Metro Manila from

1993 to 2007: (refer to Book II, Appendix G)

i. July 1996 - Feb 1997

ii. July 1998 - Feb 1999

iii. July 2001 - Oct 2001

iv. Aug 2005 - Dec 2005

v. July 2006 - Feb 2007

vi. July 2007 - past Dec 2007

Page 103: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

72

Figure 5: Weather Elements and Dengue Incidence:

National Capital Region, 1993 - 2007

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Jan-93 Apr-93 Jul-93 Oct-93 Jan-94 Apr-94 Jul-94 Oct-94 Jan-95 Apr-95 Jul-95 Oct-95 Jan-96 Apr-96 Jul-96 Oct-96 Jan-97 Apr-97 Jul-97 Oct-97 Jan-98 Apr-98 Jul-98 Oct-98 Jan-99 Apr-99 Jul-99 Oct-99 Jan-00 Apr-00 Jul-00 Oct-00 Jan-01 Apr-01 Jul-01 Oct-01 Jan-02 Apr-02 Jul-02 Oct-02 Jan-03 Apr-03 Jul-03 Oct-03 Jan-04 Apr-04 Jul-04 Oct-04 Jan-05 Apr-05 Jul-05 Oct-05 Jan-06 Apr-06 Jul-06 Oct-06 Jan-07 Apr-07 Jul-07 Oct-07

Year and Month - by Quarter

Rainfall (ln) Max Temp Min Temp Rel Humidity Dengue Incidence

Figure 24 Weather Elements and Dengue Incidence: National Capital Region, 1993-2007

Page 104: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

73

Trend lines (in white) were observed for dengue incidence and for relative

humidity. With a documented El Niño phenomenon in 1998 that manifested as an

increase in both maximum and minimum temperature (for the months of March to

May), a spike in the incidence of dengue was observed a few months later. Similar

spikes were observed in 2006 and 2007 in dengue incidence but this may be partially

explained by a facilitated degree of reporting with the implementation of the

Philippine Integrated Disease Surveillance and Response (PIDSR) system.

Regarding the ARIMA model results, the table below summarizes the data for

each model:

Table 6 ARIMA Model Parameters to Predict the Number of Dengue Cases,

1995-2007

Estimate SE t Sig.

NCR Model NCR Monthly Cases Constant 5521.730 2790.687 1.979 .050

AR, Seasonal Lag 1

.249 .099 2.526 .013

Rainfall (Natural Log) Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-41.013 43.665 -.939 .349

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-.229 1.085 -.211 .833

Max Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-114.429 54.775 -2.089 .039

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-2.136 1.157 -1.846 .067

Min Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

233.158 58.408 3.992 .000

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-.655 .301 -2.178 .031

Relative Humidity Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

2.268 12.732 .178 .859

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

14.349 80.650 .178 .859

Caloocan Model Caloocan Monthly Cases Constant 557.982 319.106 1.749 .083

AR, Seasonal Lag 1

.044 .094 .462 .645

Rainfall (Natural Log) Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-4.918 5.635 -.873 .384

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

.529 1.369 .386 .700

Max Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-13.360 6.966 -1.918 .057

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-1.762 1.188 -1.483 .140

Min Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

26.563 7.431 3.575 .000

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-.543 .356 -1.528 .129

Relative Humidity Delay 1

Page 105: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

74

Estimate SE t Sig.

Numerator Lag 0

.273 1.627 .168 .867

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

13.597 79.927 .170 .865

Las Pinas Model Las Pinas Monthly Cases Constant 97.951 67.585 1.449 .150

AR, Seasonal Lag 1

-.018 .091 -.198 .844

Rainfall (Natural Log) Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

.753 1.249 .603 .548

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-2.152 3.949 -.545 .587

Max Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-.768 1.538 -.499 .618

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-3.554 8.097 -.439 .661

Min Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

.888 1.651 .538 .591

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-.042 1.964 -.021 .983

Relative Humidity Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

.273 .360 .758 .450

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

1.375 1.915 .718 .474

Makati Model Makati Monthly Cases Constant 211.865 102.831 2.060 .041

AR, Seasonal Lag 1

.149 .100 1.487 .139

Rainfall (Natural Log) Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-2.671 1.737 -1.538 .126

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-.630 .739 -.852 .396

Max Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-5.996 2.095 -2.862 .005

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-1.432 .673 -2.127 .035

Min Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

9.033 2.276 3.969 .000

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-.736 .336 -2.192 .030

Relative Humidity Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

.049 .497 .098 .922

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

21.804 221.396 .098 .922

Malabon Model Malabon Monthly Cases Constant 72.319 115.916 .624 .534

AR, Seasonal Lag 1

.348 .096 3.611 .000

Rainfall (Natural Log) Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-1.093 1.645 -.665 .508

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-.520 1.548 -.336 .738

Max Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

.512 2.193 .233 .816

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

16.597 71.820 .231 .818

Min Temp Delay 1

Page 106: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

75

Estimate SE t Sig.

Numerator Lag 0

5.372 2.294 2.342 .021

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-.911 .529 -1.721 .087

Relative Humidity Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

.697 .493 1.413 .160

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

1.534 1.354 1.133 .259

Mandaluyong Model

Mandaluyong Monthly Cases

Constant 112.230 104.103 1.078 .283

AR, Seasonal Lag 1

.766 .089 8.591 .000

Rainfall (Natural Log) Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

.026 1.226 .021 .983

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

28.961 1376.071 .021 .983

Max Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-1.595 1.697 -.939 .349

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-4.058 3.935 -1.031 .304

Min Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

5.413 1.818 2.977 .003

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-.792 .317 -2.498 .014

Relative Humidity Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-.032 .369 -.086 .932

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-24.192 277.134 -.087 .931

Manila Model Manila Monthly Cases Constant 57.844 660.301 .088 .930

AR, Seasonal Lag 1

.315 .099 3.192 .002

Rainfall (Natural Log) Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-.012 9.710 -.001 .999

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-2.005 1651.096 -.001 .999

Max Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-7.976 12.568 -.635 .527

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-2.671 4.397 -.607 .545

Min Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

27.890 13.337 2.091 .038

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-.399 .491 -.813 .418

Relative Humidity Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

2.367 2.865 .826 .410

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

.630 1.465 .430 .668

Marikina Model Marikina Monthly Cases Constant 112.996 78.724 1.435 .154

AR, Seasonal Lag 1

.402 .098 4.105 .000

Rainfall (Natural Log) Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-.975 1.126 -.865 .388

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-.364 1.151 -.317 .752

Max Temp Delay 1

Page 107: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

76

Estimate SE t Sig.

Numerator Lag 0

-.575 1.419 -.406 .686

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-12.532 30.660 -.409 .683

Min Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

4.004 1.532 2.614 .010

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-1.334 .587 -2.272 .025

Relative Humidity Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

.205 .330 .620 .536

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

5.152 8.665 .595 .553

Muntinlupa Model Muntilupa Monthly Cases Constant 91.160 58.595 1.556 .122

AR, Seasonal Lag 1

.481 .100 4.788 .000

Rainfall (Natural Log) Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

.540 .812 .665 .507

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-.257 1.487 -.173 .863

Max Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-1.555 1.035 -1.502 .135

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-2.170 1.478 -1.468 .145

Min Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

1.988 1.113 1.787 .076

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-1.224 .783 -1.563 .120

Relative Humidity Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

.018 .239 .076 .939

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

22.732 300.558 .076 .940

Navotas Model Navotas Monthly Cases Constant 167.517 84.080 1.992 .048

AR, Seasonal Lag 1

.017 .095 .175 .861

Rainfall (Natural Log) Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-2.533 1.483 -1.708 .090

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

.033 .609 .055 .956

Max Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-5.583 1.890 -2.954 .004

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-.807 .492 -1.641 .103

Min Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

8.639 1.992 4.337 .000

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-.212 .252 -.841 .402

Relative Humidity Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

.039 .437 .089 .929

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

21.625 240.120 .090 .928

Paranaque Model Paranaque Monthly Cases Constant 196.792 160.804 1.224 .223

AR, Seasonal Lag 1

.228 .122 1.868 .064

Rainfall (Natural Log) Delay 1

Page 108: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

77

Estimate SE t Sig.

Numerator Lag 0

-.047 2.573 -.018 .986

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

10.149 575.565 .018 .986

Max Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-4.479 3.175 -1.411 .161

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-1.793 1.525 -1.176 .242

Min Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

8.493 3.403 2.496 .014

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-.359 .435 -.825 .411

Relative Humidity Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

.361 .743 .486 .628

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

2.678 5.794 .462 .645

Pasay Model Pasay Monthly Cases Constant 199.333 162.328 1.228 .222

AR, Seasonal Lag 1

.466 .145 3.209 .002

Rainfall (Natural Log) Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-2.152 2.286 -.942 .348

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-.284 1.051 -.270 .787

Max Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-4.974 2.890 -1.721 .088

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-1.556 1.004 -1.551 .123

Min Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

8.046 3.125 2.575 .011

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-.617 .410 -1.504 .135

Relative Humidity Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

.287 .672 .427 .670

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

4.053 10.155 .399 .690

Pasig Model Pasig Monthly Cases Constant -58.021 224.831 -.258 .797

AR, Seasonal Lag 1

.262 .130 2.009 .047

Rainfall (Natural Log) Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

.000 3.559 .000 1.000

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

1.860 179421.425 .000 1.000

Max Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-3.341 4.397 -.760 .449

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-.670 1.662 -.403 .687

Min Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

8.657 4.707 1.839 .068

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

.011 .550 .019 .985

Relative Humidity Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

.531 1.022 .520 .604

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-.462 2.133 -.216 .829

Page 109: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

78

Estimate SE t Sig.

Pateros Model Pateros Monthly Cases Constant 27.775 29.120 .954 .342

AR, Seasonal Lag 1

-.022 .102 -.214 .831

Rainfall (Natural Log) Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-.491 .516 -.951 .343

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

.062 1.123 .055 .956

Max Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-.497 .632 -.787 .433

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-3.033 4.495 -.675 .501

Min Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

1.562 .669 2.334 .021

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-.328 .509 -.644 .520

Relative Humidity Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

.118 .148 .796 .427

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

1.686 2.188 .770 .443

Quezon City Model Quezon City Monthly Cases Constant 612.032 689.940 .887 .377

AR, Seasonal Lag 1

.515 .084 6.127 .000

Rainfall (Natural Log) Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-11.154 9.310 -1.198 .233

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-.416 .816 -.510 .611

Max Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-18.568 12.097 -1.535 .127

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-2.539 1.622 -1.566 .120

Min Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

48.993 13.095 3.741 .000

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-.826 .293 -2.813 .006

Relative Humidity Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

.287 2.769 .104 .918

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

20.117 196.346 .102 .919

San Juan Model San Juan Monthly Cases Constant -6.380 50.035 -.128 .899

AR, Seasonal Lag 1

.618 .088 7.034 .000

Rainfall (Natural Log) Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

.000 .648 -.001 .999

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-2.671 3590.017 -.001 .999

Max Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-.344 .855 -.402 .688

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-1.045 3.028 -.345 .731

Min Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

1.328 .921 1.441 .152

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-.238 .641 -.372 .711

Page 110: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

79

Estimate SE t Sig.

Relative Humidity Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-.032 .193 -.168 .867

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-.450 5.827 -.077 .939

Taguig Model Taguig Monthly Cases Constant 291.684 158.119 1.845 .067

AR, Seasonal Lag 1

.133 .113 1.174 .242

Rainfall (Natural Log) Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-1.252 2.683 -.467 .642

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-1.315 3.355 -.392 .696

Max Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-4.157 3.321 -1.252 .213

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-3.487 3.075 -1.134 .259

Min Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

10.481 3.526 2.972 .004

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-.778 .461 -1.685 .094

Relative Humidity Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

.491 .771 .637 .525

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

3.469 5.451 .636 .526

Valenzuela Model Valenzuela Monthly Cases Constant 270.178 179.792 1.503 .135

AR, Seasonal Lag 1

-.034 .091 -.371 .711

Rainfall (Natural Log) Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-3.536 3.342 -1.058 .292

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

.018 .981 .018 .986

Max Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-9.664 4.116 -2.348 .020

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-1.176 .778 -1.511 .133

Min Temp Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

18.508 4.411 4.195 .000

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-.312 .281 -1.112 .268

Relative Humidity Delay 1

Numerator Lag 0

-.560 .966 -.580 .563

Numerator, Seasonal

Lag 1

-1.715 3.810 -.450 .653

Page 111: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

80

Table 7 Summary of p-values for Predicting the Number of Dengue Cases

using Climate Factors

Model

Autoregression

(One Month

Lag)

Rainfall (Natural Log) Maximum Temperature Minimum Temperature Relative Humidity

Current

Month

One Month

Lag

Current

Month

One Month

Lag

Current

Month

One Month

Lag

Current

Month

One Month

Lag

NCR Model 0.013 0.349 0.833 0.039 0.067 0.000 0.031 0.859 0.859

Caloocan 0.645 0.384 0.700 0.057 0.140 0.000 0.129 0.867 0.865

Las Pinas 0.844 0.548 0.587 0.618 0.661 0.591 0.983 0.450 0.474

Makati 0.139 0.126 0.396 0.005 0.035 0.000 0.030 0.922 0.922

Malabon 0.000 0.508 0.738 0.816 0.818 0.021 0.087 0.160 0.259

Mandaluyong 0.000 0.983 0.983 0.349 0.304 0.003 0.014 0.932 0.931

Manila 0.002 0.999 0.999 0.527 0.545 0.038 0.418 0.410 0.668

Marikina 0.000 0.388 0.752 0.686 0.683 0.010 0.025 0.536 0.553

Muntinlupa 0.000 0.507 0.863 0.135 0.145 0.076 0.120 0.939 0.940

Navotas 0.861 0.090 0.956 0.004 0.103 0.000 0.402 0.929 0.928

Paranaque 0.064 0.986 0.986 0.161 0.242 0.014 0.411 0.628 0.645

Pasay 0.002 0.348 0.484 0.088 0.123 0.011 0.135 0.670 0.690

Pasig 0.047 1.000 1.000 0.449 0.687 0.068 0.985 0.604 0.829

Pateros 0.831 0.343 0.956 0.433 0.501 0.021 0.520 0.427 0.443

Quezon City 0.000 0.233 0.611 0.127 0.120 0.000 0.006 0.918 0.919

San Juan 0.000 0.999 0.999 0.688 0.731 0.152 0.711 0.867 0.939

Taguig 0.242 0.642 0.696 0.213 0.259 0.004 0.094 0.525 0.526

Valenzuela 0.711 0.292 0.986 0.020 0.133 0.000 0.268 0.563 0.653

The above results in Table 7 provide consistent results that the observed

minimum temperatures for the current month provide the most significant positive

contributions to the model to predict the number of dengue cases for any month of

observation. The significant contribution of observed minimum temperature is seen in

most of the cities in NCR and is summarized in the following table:

Table 8 Number of cases predicted by minimum temperature

Model Predicted Number of Dengue Cases per each 1oC increase

in recorded minimum temperature

NCR 233

Caloocan 27

Makati 9

Malabon 5

Mandaluyong 5

Manila 28

Marikina 4

Navotas 9

Paranaque 9

Pasay 8

Pateros 2

Quezon City 49

Taguig 10

Valenzuela 19

In Book 2, Appendix G is a series of line graphs that present the actual and model-

fitted data for NCR and each of the cities in NCR.

Page 112: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

81

Discussion

Outbreaks of dengue are apparently cyclical in nature and are known to

depend on epidemiological as well as immunological factors that influence the

dynamics of disease. However, although both herd immunity and the predominance

of specific dengue virus serotypes in the areas are ideal data to be used for analysis

in forecasting, the lack of local seroprevalence surveys undermine attempts to

assess the effects of these determinants on dengue incidence. Based on monthly

data of the number of dengue cases that was provided by the Department of Health –

National Epidemiology Center, the ARIMA analyses was nonetheless limited to the

years 1995-2007 after reviewing the datasets for completeness. Moreover, data for

weather elements obtained from PAGASA was assumed to fairly apply to all cities in

NCR.

Page 113: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

82

Figure 25 Time Series Models of the Numbers of Dengue Cases

Page 114: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

83

Based on the results of the predictive models for the number of dengue cases, it is

apparent that recorded minimum temperature from PAGASA can be used to estimate the

number of dengue cases for NCR and for selected cities. However, it should be mentioned

that these models depended heavily on assumptions of the adequacy of the level of

reporting of cases as well as the actual intensity of dengue virus transmission in

these areas. Thus, the robustness of the models could relatively be more appreciated in

areas where intense dengue virus transmission was documented through reliable reporting

each month during the time period covered in the study. This would be helpful in interpreting

the results of Figure 25 (Time Series Models of the Number of Dengue Cases) in

determining which Local Government Unit would have a relatively better fit of the model

based on the adequate disease reporting in areas known to often experience dengue

outbreaks.

Nevertheless, comparing the autoregression (i.e. ARIMA) analysis results with the

patterns of dengue incidence and climate factors in Figure 24 (Weather Elements and

Dengue Incidence: National Capital Region, 1993-2007), it is important to note that peaks of

minimum temperature, observed usually from April to June, seem to be followed by a

dramatic increase in dengue incidence within a month‘s time. A peak of dengue incidence

occurs thereafter in about a month after the start of the increase of cases. This

coincides with the years when a surge of cases was experienced in NCR (as was

mentioned previously: 1996, 1998, 2001, 2005 and 2006). (This is evident as crests of

maximum temperature seem to frequently transpire a little earlier compared to the

peaks of minimum temperature. This would be consistent with the lack of significance

in estimates for dengue cases based on maximum temperature.)

Regarding the generalizability of the results of the models developed, though the

data analysis had solely used data from cities of NCR, it would be potentially useful to also

apply the results to other LGUs elsewhere (i.e. other urban areas) where communities

have experienced outbreaks of dengue in the past. It is therefore critical that local health

officials should work closely with national health authorities to coordinate efforts in mitigating

the effects of a rise in temperature (i.e. recorded minimum temperature) on a possible

increase in dengue cases and/or the occurrence of dengue outbreaks particularly during

periods when an occurrence of an El Niño/La Niña –Southern Oscillation (ENSO) condition

in the Pacific Ocean is announced and experienced.

Page 115: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

84

2. Estimating the future potential health impacts attributable to climate change

Once the current burden of disease is described, models of climate change or

qualitative expert judgments on plausible changes in temperature and precipitation over a

particular time period can be used to estimate future impacts. Health models can be

complex spatial models or can be based on a simple relationship between exposure and

response. Models of climate change should include projections of how other relevant factors

could change in the future, such as population growth, income, water and sanitation

coverage, and other relevant factors. Projections from models developed for other sectors

can be incorporated, such as projections for flood risk, changes in food supply and land use

changes.

The exercise of attributing a portion of a disease burden to climate change is in its

early infancy. Analysis should consider both the limits of epidemiologic evidence and the

ability of the model to incorporate the non-climatic factors that also determine a health

outcome. For example, the portion of deaths due to natural climatic disasters that can be

attributed to climate change will reflect the degree to which the events can be related to

climate change. For vector-borne diseases, other factors, such as population growth and

land use, may be more important drivers of disease incidence than climate change.

There are three possible approaches such as: (1) comparative risk assessment; (2)

disease-specific models; and (3) qualitative assessment.

a. Comparative risk assessment

Comparative risk assessment was used as part of the WHO Global Burden of

Disease project to estimate how much disease climate change could cause globally.

The project used standardized methods to quantify disease burdens attributable to

26 environmental, occupational, behavioral, and lifestyle risk factors in 2000 and at

selected future times up to 2030. The disease burden is the total amount of disease

or premature death within the population. Comparing fractions of the disease burden

attributable to several different risk factors requires (1) knowledge of the

severity/disability and duration of the health deficit and (2) the use of standard units

of health deficit. For this purpose, the project used the disability-adjusted life year

(DALY), which is the sum of Years of life lost due to premature death (YLL), and

Years of life lived with disability (YLD). YLL takes into account the age at death; YLD

Page 116: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

85

takes into account disease duration, age at onset, and a disability weight reflecting

the severity of disease.

Comparing the attributable burdens for specific risk factors required

knowledge of (1) the baseline burden of disease, absent the particular risk factor; (2)

the estimated increase in risk of disease/death per unit increase in risk factor

exposure (the ―relative risk‖); and (3) the current or estimated future population

distribution of exposure. The avoidable burden was estimated by comparing

projected burdens under alternative exposure scenarios.

The global assessment used WHO estimates of the baseline burden of

climate-sensitive diseases (diseases included were cardiovascular deaths associated

with thermal extremes, diarrhea episodes, cases of malaria, malnutrition and deaths

in natural disasters). Existing and new models were used to quantify the effect of

climate variations on each of these outcomes (the relative risk), taking into account

adaptation to changing conditions and potentially protective effects of socio-

economic development. The HADCM2 climate model produced by the Hadley

Centre (United Kingdom) gave the population distribution of exposure; this model

describes future climate under various scenarios of greenhouse gas emissions.

Climate change was expressed as the change in climatic conditions relative to those

observed in the reference period 1961–1990.

Disease burdens were estimated for five geographical regions and for

developed countries. The attributable disease burden was estimated for 2000. The

climate-related relative risks of each health outcome under each climate change

scenario, relative to the situation if climate change does not occur, were estimated for

2010, 2020 and 2030. The results give a first indication of the potential magnitude

and distribution of some of the health effects of climate change.

Taking a comparative risk assessment approach requires data on the burden

of climate-sensitive diseases, exposure–response relationships for these diseases

across a range of ambient temperatures (and other weather variables) and the ability

to link these with population, climate and socio-economic scenarios. Therefore, this

approach may be difficult to apply where data or expertise in these methods are

limited.

Page 117: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

86

b. Disease-specific models

Predictive models of the health impacts of climate change use different

approaches to classify the risk of climate-sensitive diseases. For malaria, results

from predictive models are commonly presented as maps of potential shifts in

distribution attributed to climate change. The models are typically based on climatic

constraints on the development of the vector and parasite; maps generated identify

potential geographic areas of risk, but do not provide information on the number of

people who may be at risk within these areas. Few predictive models incorporate

adequate assumptions about other determinants of the range and incidence of

disease, such as land-use change or prevalence of drug resistance for malaria, or

about adaptive capacity.

i. MARA/ARMA

Malaria is a disease caused by four different strains of Plasmodium

carried by a variety of Anopheles mosquitoes. The most serious form of

malaria is caused by Plasmodium falciparum. Approximately 48% of the

world population remains exposed to the risk of malaria.

A country-level model was developed to show how the range of stable

falciparum malaria in Zimbabwe could change under different climate change

scenarios. Zimbabwe was chosen because it has areas where the climate is

suitable for endemic malaria transmission, areas where transmission is

absent and areas where the climate is occasionally suitable, resulting in

epidemics. The model was based on MARA/ARMA (Mapping Malaria Risk in

Africa/Atlas du Risque de la Malaria en Afrique), which mapped and modeled

the current distribution of malaria in sub-Saharan Africa.

MARA/ARMA uses three variables to determine climatic suitability for

a particular geographic location: mean monthly temperature, winter minimum

temperature and total cumulative monthly precipitation. The MARA/ARMA

decision rules were developed using fuzzy logic to resolve the uncertainty in

defining distinct boundaries to divide malarious from non-malarious regions.

Temperature is a major factor determining the distribution and incidence of

malaria. Temperature affects both the Plasmodium parasite and the

Anopheles mosquito, with thresholds at both temperature extremes limiting

the survival or development of the two organisms. Anopheles must live long

enough to bite an infected person, allow the parasite to develop and then bite

Page 118: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

87

a susceptible human. The lower temperature threshold of 18 C is based on

the time required for parasite development and length of mosquito

survivorship at that temperature; below 18C few parasites can complete

development within the lifetime of the mosquito. The mosquito survivorship

rate peaks at 31C. At this point, less than 40% of the mosquitoes survive

long enough for the parasite to complete its development cycle. As

temperatures rise above 32C, the mosquito‘s probability of survival

decreases. Higher temperatures, however, enable the mosquitoes to

digest blood meals more rapidly, which in turn increases the rate at

which they bite. This increased biting rate coupled with faster

development of the parasite leads to increased infective bites for those

mosquitoes that do survive. The upper temperature threshold for both

mosquitoes and larvae to survive is 40C.

The COSMIC programme was used to generate Zimbabwe-specific

scenarios of climate change that were then used as inputs to MARA/ARMA to

generate maps of future transmission potential. The same approach can be

applied in other countries covered by MARA/ARMA as long as a geographic

information system is available. Data from MARA/ARMA are readily available

and the COSMIC program is free. A major limitation of the model is that it

includes only climate and not other drivers of malaria transmission, including

land-use change and drug resistant parasites. The output is maps of future

transmission potential, not projected numbers of cases.

ii. MIASMA

MIASMA (Modeling Framework for the Health Impact Assessment of

Man-Induced Atmospheric Changes) includes modules for (1) vector-borne

diseases, including malaria, dengue fever and schistosomiasis; (2) thermal

heat mortality; and (3) ultraviolet (UV)-related skin cancer due to stratospheric

ozone depletion. The models are driven by population and

climate/atmospheric scenarios, applied across baseline data on disease

incidence and prevalence, climate conditions and the state of the

stratospheric ozone layer. Outputs are:

(1) For vector-borne disease modules, cases and fatalities from

malaria, and incident cases for dengue fever and schistosomiasis;

Page 119: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

88

(2) for the thermal stress module, cardiovascular, respiratory and total

mortality; and (3) for skin cancer module, malignant melanoma and non-

melanoma skin cancer.

Climate input is module or disease specific. For the vector-borne

diseases, maximum and minimum temperature and rainfall are required, as

well as other baseline data determined by local experts. For example, for

malaria it would help to know the level of partial immunity in the human

population and the extent of drug resistant malaria in the region. For thermal

stress, maximum and minimum temperatures are required. For skin cancer,

the column entitled loss of the stratospheric ozone over the site is required to

determine the level of UV-B radiation potentially reaching the ground.

iii. CIMSiM and DENSiM

These models are designed to determine the risk of dengue fever.

CIMSiM is a dynamic life-table simulation entomological model that produces

mean-value estimates of various parameters for all cohorts of a single

species of Aedes mosquito within a representative area. Because

microclimate is a key determinant of vector survival and development for all

stages, CIMSiM contains an extensive database of daily weather information.

DENSiM is focused on current control measures and requires field surveys to

validate some of the data. DENSiM (Focks et al., 1995) is essentially the

corresponding account of the dynamics of a human population driven by

country- and age-specific birth and death rates. The entomological factors

passed from CIMSiM are used to create the biting mosquito population. An

infection model accounts for the development of the virus within individuals

and its passage between the vector and human populations.

Inputs into DENSiM are a pupal/demographic survey to estimate

the productivities of the various local water-holding containers, and

daily weather values for maximum/minimum temperature, rainfall and

saturation deficit. The parameters estimated by DENSiM include

demographic, entomologic, serologic and infection information on a

human age-class and/or time basis.

Page 120: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

89

c. Qualitative assessment

Potential future health risks of climate change can be estimated from

knowledge of the current burden of climate-sensitive diseases, the extent of control

of those diseases and how temperature and precipitation can affect the range and

intensity of disease. For example, is highland malaria a current problem? What is

the extent of that problem? How well is the disease controlled during epidemics?

How could the burden of disease be affected if temperature increased so that the

vector moved up the highlands? Similarly, future risks can be estimated from

relationships used in the WHO Global Burden of Disease project.

C. Outputs of the V&A Tools

1. Projected 2020 and 2050 Cases of Selected Diseases

In projecting the 2020 and 2050 cases of the climate change-related diseases, the PAGASA

projection data for rainfall, maximum temperature and relative humidity were used in the

models (Table 9).

Table 9 Projected Climate Change Data in 2020 and 2050

Month Daily Rainfall Monthly Rainfall Daily Max. Temperature Daily Relative Humidity

2020 2050 2020 2050 2020 2050 2020 2050

Jan 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 31.30 32.60 72.95 72.33

Feb 0.40 0.10 12.40 3.10 32.30 33.70 72.94 72.11

Mar 0.50 0.20 15.50 6.20 34.20 36.30 64.13 63.27

Apr 0.70 0.40 21.00 12.00 36.60 38.00 61.25 60.84

May 2.10 1.70 65.10 52.70 37.60 38.70 66.47 64.79

Jun 15.90 9.20 477.00 276.00 33.10 36.30 72.95 72.58

Jul 25.40 16.90 787.40 523.90 32.00 34.20 80.08 79.82

Aug 38.20 21.90 1146.00 657.00 30.30 32.80 73.05 72.77

Sept 27.60 13.60 855.60 421.60 31.50 33.10 72.73 72.39

Oct 2.30 18.80 69.00 564.00 33.10 32.60 79.64 78.81

Nov 0.70 6.90 21.70 213.90 32.70 32.90 66.13 65.56

Dec 6.30 7.00 195.30 217.00 30.40 31.40 88.44 87.64

Total 120.10 96.70 3666.00 2947.40 395.10 412.60 870.76 862.92

Page 121: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

90

Average 10.00833 8.05833 305.5 245.617 32.925 34.38333 72.56308 71.9097

Data Source: PAGASA, 2010

How many disease cases would there be in 2020 without any adaptation measures or

interventions? The impact models for dengue and cholera in NCR could be used to predict

the number of cases of these diseases. The predicted values or number of cases of dengue

and cholera are presented in the following sections.

Dengue Cases Projection

Using the projected climate change data in 2020 by the PAGASA, plug into the impact model

for dengue cases, the projected dengue cases in NCR by 2020 will have a total of 2,128

cases (Table 10).

Table 10 Dengue Cases Projection, 2020

Month Cases Rainfall (mm/mo)

Max. Temp (°C)

Relative Humidity

%

JAN 357 0 31.3 72.9

FEB 327 12.4 32.3 72.9

MAR 8 15.5 34.2 64.1

APR negative 21 36.6 61.2

MAY negative 65.1 37.6 66.5

JUN 25 477 33.1 73.0

JUL 82 787.4 32 80.1

AUG negative 1146 30.3 73.1

SEP negative 855.6 31.5 72.7

OCT 486 69 33.1 79.6

NOV 99 21.7 32.7 66.1

DEC 743 195.3 30.4 88.4

Total 2128 3666

In 2050, there will be 1,735 cases of dengue (Table 11). This is 18.4% lower than the 2020

projection. This difference is explained by the reduction in average monthly rainfall and

increase in the average monthly maximum temperature as well as reduction in the average

monthly relative humidity.

Page 122: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

91

Table 11 Dengue Cases Projection, 2050

Month Cases Rainfall

(mm)

Max. Temp (°C)

Relative Humidity

JAN 310 0 32.6 72.3

FEB 277 3.1 33.7 72.1

MAR negative 6.2 36.3 63.3

APR negative 12 38 60.8

MAY negative 52.7 38.7 64.8

JUN 69 276 36.3 72.6

JUL 189 523.9 34.2 79.8

AUG negative 657 32.8 72.8

SEP 41 421.6 33.1 72.4

OCT 166 564 32.6 78.8

NOV negative 213.9 32.9 65.6

DEC 683 217 31.4 87.6

Total 1735 2947.4

Cholera Cases Projection

It is projected that there will be 143 cases of cholera in 2020 (Table 12) using the impact

model parameters.

Table 12 Cholera Cases Projection, 2020

Month Cases Rainfall

(mm)

Max. Temp (°C)

Relative Humidity

JAN 5 0.00 31.30 72.95

FEB 3 12.40 32.30 72.94

MAR negative 15.50 34.20 64.13

APR negative 21.00 36.60 61.25

MAY negative 65.10 37.60 66.47

JUN 14 477.00 33.10 72.95

JUL 29 787.40 32.00 80.08

AUG 36 1146.00 30.30 73.05

SEP 26 855.60 31.50 72.73

OCT 8 69.00 33.10 79.64

NOV negative 21.70 32.70 66.13

DEC 22 195.30 30.40 88.44

Total 143 3666.00

Page 123: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

92

In 2050, there will be 99 cases of cholera (Table 13). This is a 31.06% reduction in number

of cases from 2020 due to a 19.6% reduction in total rainfall, increase in maximum

temperature and reduction in average relative humidity.

Table 13 Cholera Cases Projection, 2050

Month Cases Rainfall

(mm) Max.

Temp (°C) Relative Humidity

JAN 2 0.00 32.60 72.33

FEB 0 3.10 33.70 72.11

MAR negative 6.20 36.30 63.27

APR negative 12.00 38.00 60.84

MAY negative 52.70 38.70 64.79

JUN 3 276.00 36.30 72.58

JUL 18 523.90 34.20 79.82

AUG 19 657.00 32.80 72.77

SEP 12 421.60 33.10 72.39

OCT 21 564.00 32.60 78.81

NOV 3 213.90 32.90 65.56

DEC 20 217.00 31.40 87.64

Total 99 2947.40

Malaria Cases

Malaria is projected to have 258 cases in 2020 (Table 14). Its predictors are monthly rainfall

and maximum temperature.

Table 14 Malaria Cases Projection, 2020

Month Cases Rainfall

(mm)

Max. Temp (°C)

JAN 19 0 31.30

FEB 26 12.4 32.30

MAR 40 15.5 34.20

APR 58 21 36.60

MAY 61 65.1 37.60

JUN negative 477 33.10

JUL negative 787.4 32.00

AUG negative 1146 30.30

SEP negative 855.6 31.50

OCT 27 69 33.10

NOV 28 21.7 32.70

DEC negative 195.3 30.40

Page 124: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

93

Month Cases Rainfall

(mm)

Max. Temp (°C)

Total 258 3666 395.10

In 2050, malaria is projected to increase to 308 cases (Table 15). This is due to the

reduction in rainfall and increase in temperature.

Table 15 Malaria Cases Projection, 2050

Month Cases

2020 Rainfall

(mm)

Max. Temp (°C)

JAN 29 0 32.60

FEB 37 3.1 33.70

MAR 57 6.2 36.30

APR 69 12 38.00

MAY 71 52.7 38.70

JUN 33 276 36.30

JUL negative 523.9 34.20

AUG negative 657 32.80

SEP negative 421.6 33.10

OCT negative 564 32.60

NOV 12 213.9 32.90

DEC 1 217 31.40

Total 308 2947.4

The methodology of impact modeling was presented and discussed sequentially in the paper

so that planners may be guided in case they would like to use the same procedure.

Likewise, the process used in screening the models follows the most stringent scientific

statistical tools used in testing the validity of the models as well as their specific elements. All

models that did not pass the tests were discarded. The accepted models that passed

through the screening process were the ones presented in this study.

The models may be used under the following conditions:

1. The models can be used nationwide provided that the climate change conditions are

similar to those areas where the models were developed. While the models for

predictive purposes may still be used for instance in 2020 and 2050 projections

caution should be exercised when the predictors are beyond the most probable

values.

Page 125: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

94

2. For other provinces, they may want to test the models with their health data for the

last five years, and feed these data to the models to test their goodness of fit using

Chi-Square Test. If there is no difference between the health data and the predicted

values, use the model in that province. Otherwise, the province should opt to develop

its own disease impact models using its provincial data.

General vs Specific Model Applications2

As a background, the models were based on data from the NCR, Palawan,

Pangasinan and Rizal. The health data from Pangasinan and Rizal were not useful because

of insufficiency and therefore not suitable for modeling purposes. Most of the data were on

alert thresholds and epidemic thresholds3, which according to DOH experts were not useful

because such data were projected on actual cases. Data on actual cases for most of the

diseases were not readily available.

Due to the definition of alert and epidemic thresholds, the study searched for

alternative data where disease cases are available. These data were found available from

the NCR. With the exception of malaria cases in Palawan, the models on alert and epidemic

thresholds were totally abandoned. Instead new models were developed based only on

dengue and cholera cases from NCR because these were the diseases that showed positive

correlations to CC indicators. Because the data used came from NCR, Palawan, Pangasinan

and Rizal, the models developed appeared as site specific models. Let us look deeper into

this.

Disease vectors are certain species of mosquitoes for malaria and dengue, animals

mostly rats for leptospirosis, and bacteria/virus as pathogens for cholera and typhoid. All

these vector species and pathogens have their own biological and environmental limits of

habitat where they grow well and thrive. The limiting factors are generally environmental

factors such as temperature, rainfall and relative humidity and the conditions on the ground

where they live. Beyond the environmental limits of disease vectors and pathogens, they will

die until the vectors and pathogens mutate and adapt to a new threshold level of

environmental conditions where they could still survive. This means therefore that the

2 A question during the peer review was raised that the equation/s used in the model projections are too site

specific and may prove to be difficult to use by national government agencies. Also, it would be more pragmatic if the model to be chosen would yield the highest projection or worst case scenario as this would prove to be more useful in local CC planning and programming.

3 Alert threshold and epidemic threshold according to DOH experts are based on certain units of standard

deviations from the mean of actual diseases cases. So that if there are no actual cases, there should be no estimates of alert threshold and epidemic threshold.

Page 126: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

95

mosquitoes carrying malaria in Cagayan valley has similar environmental threshold level in

Cagayan De Oro and in other places in the country. If such environmental thresholds are

not present in an area, then malaria-carrying mosquitoes will not thrive and therefore no

malaria cases. The same is true with dengue, leptospirosis, typhoid and cholera. In the

case of leptospriosis where rats are the major vector, they live in moist areas close to

garbage sites and sewerage system. If their habitats are changed, meaning cleaned and the

temperature is increased, they will look for an area where the condition is still moist and dirty

environment. In the case of typhoid and cholera, if water and food sources are contaminated

within a certain environmental threshold level, the cholera will survive and will continue to

infect vulnerable people.

If the environmental conditions conducive for vector growth are present anywhere in

any barangay, municipality and province in the country, the diseases have the potential to

occur in such areas.

Thus, since the models were based on environmental conditions defined by

temperature, rainfall and relative humidity for each of the studied diseases, the models

therefore can be used in either specific sites or in any municipality, province or nationwide as

long as the climate change indicators are given in each of these areas or in general the

whole country. The limiting assumption is that the vectors and pathogens will not mutate to

adapt to the changing environment as there is no data available to forecast mutation impact.

2. Cost Implications of Disease Impacts in 2020 and 2050

Background

Climate change is expected to cause the emergence of various diseases and a rise

in disease prevalence and intensity. As guide for effective local governance, particularly in

decision making in terms of resource allocation for the reduction of risks and future threats

associated with diseases arising from climate change, it is important to come up with

estimates of the costs associated with these diseases.

This study component aimed to determine the following:

a) Cost implications of the diseases: dengue, malaria, leptospirosis, cholera, and

typhoid in NCR, Palawan, Pangasinan, and Rizal in terms of diagnosis,

Page 127: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

96

treatments, income loss of affected individuals, and prevention measures based

on results of previous studies; and

b) Percentages of costs over the provincial incomes of the three provinces.

Methodology

The study used the benefit transfer approach, wherein secondary economic data

from similar studies were adopted and used in the calculations of the cost impacts of the

diseases. The economic data used for dengue were derived from the study by Borja M,

Lorenzo FM et al. in 2007, titled ―Burden of Disease and Economic Evaluation of Dengue‖

(unpublished). On the other hand, the economic data for malaria were lifted from the study

of Lorenzo FM, Rivera P, et al. in 2004, titled, ―Burden of Disease and Economic Evaluation

of Malaria‖ (unpublished). The previous studies utilized cost-effectiveness analysis.

Since these studies were conducted in 2007 and 2004, the future costs data for

dengue and malaria were projected to 2020 and 2050 by applying an average interest rate of

4.3% per annum (NSO, 2010).

Using the disease impact models, the projected costs were applied to the projected

―cases‖, ―alert thresholds‖, and ―epidemic thresholds‖ of dengue and malaria in 2020 and

2050 for Palawan and Pangasinan. There were no economic data and projected cases, alert

thresholds and epidemic thresholds for Rizal province. Thus, no economic analysis was

done.

The cost parameters considered for dengue were costs of diagnoses and treatments,

income losses, and cost of preventive measures. Generally, the costs of diagnoses and

treatments of dengue are charged to the budget of the provincial government while income

losses are shouldered by the infected persons. Income taxes, however, that accrue to the

government are not accounted for in this study but it can be determined by applying 10%

income tax rate to the income losses.

For malaria, the costs of diagnoses and treatments of hospitalized cases due to

individual vectors and preventive measures were computed using the same annual growth

increment of 4.3% up to years 2020 and 2050.

To estimate how much net savings the provincial governments of Palawan and

Pangasinan would have in 2020 and 2050, the costs of preventive measures computed for

2020 and 2050 were applied and deducted from the costs of diagnoses and treatments for

the same periods.

Page 128: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

97

NATIONAL CAPITAL REGION

Costs of Dengue

Dengue cases, 2020. Table 16 presents the monthly and total cases and monthly and

annual costs for dengue diagnoses, treatments and income losses. The funds required for

diagnoses and treatments are expected to come from the provincial government, while

income loss is an estimate of benefit foregone from those affected by the disease and as

well as taxes that would accrue to the government. There will be projected 1,735 cases of

dengue in NCR in 2020. This will require a total cost of PhP 9.3 M for diagnosis and

treatment cost of PhP 4.5 M and a total income loss of PhP 1.3 M from families that will be

affected. The total cost of dengue will be PhP15.1 Mil. The percentages of monthly cost for

diagnosis, treatment and income loss over total are given in the table. The total cost of

diagnosis is 54% of the total cost of dengue, treatment cost is 31% and income loss is 15%.

Table 16 Projected Dengue Costs (PhP), NCR, 2020

Month

Dengue

Cases

Cost of Dengue Cases in 2020

Monthly Cost of

Diagnosis

% Over Grand Total

Monthly Treatment

Cost

% Over Grand Total

Monthly Income

Loss

% Over Grand Total

Grand Total

Cost in 2007

2531 1223 357 4111

Cost in 2020

4375.1 2114.09 617.11 7106.3

JAN 357

1,560,681.57

754,136 220,135 2,534,953

FEB 327

1,432,438.49

692,168 202,046 2,326,653

MAR 8

34,833.37

16831.8185 4913.2646 56,578

APR negative

MAY negative

JUN 25

109,906.04

53,108 15,502 178,516

JUL 82

358,100.38

173,038 50,510 581,648

Aug negative

SEP negative

-

OCT 486

2,127,359.17

1,027,960 300,065 3,455,384

NOV 99

433,776.55

209,604.96

61,184.40

704,566

DEC 743

3,251,177.22

1,571,000 458,580 5,280,757

Page 129: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

98

Month

Dengue

Cases

Cost of Dengue Cases in 2020

Monthly Cost of

Diagnosis

% Over Grand Total

Monthly Treatment

Cost

% Over Grand Total

Monthly Income

Loss

% Over Grand Total

Grand Total

Total 2128 9,308,273 61.57 4,497,846 29.75 1,312,936 8.68 15,119,055

Basic data source: Borja M, Lorenzo FM et al. (2007) in their study entitled ― Burden of Disease and Economic Evaluation of Dengue‖ (unpublished)

Note: Dengue cases, alert thresholds and epidemic thresholds were projected using the impact models.

Costs were projected using a 4.3% annual growth rate (NSO, 2010)

Blank cells indicate negative figures.

Dengue Cases, 2050. Table 17 presents the dengue cases and the corresponding costs of

diagnoses, treatments and income loss in 2050. Comparison between the 2020 and the

2050 cost figures shows that there would be a substantial increase in the cost of dengue

from PhP 15.11 M to PhP 43.6 M. This increase is not due to increase in dengue cases but

to the cost of money.

Table 17 Projected Dengue Costs (PhP), NCR, 2050

Month

Dengue

Cases

Cost of Dengue Cases in 2050

Monthly Cost of

Diagnosis

% Over Grand Total

Monthly Treatment

Cost

% Over Grand Total

Monthly Income

Loss

% Over Grand Total

Grand Total

Cost in 2007

2531 1223 357 4111

Cost in 2050

15470.97

7475.7

2182.19 25128.86

JAN 310 4,796,001 2,317,467 17.86744 676,479 7,789,947

FEB 277 4,285,459 2,070,769 15.96542 604,467 6,960,694

MAR negative

APR negative

MAY negative

JUN 69 1,067,497 515,823 3.976945 150,571 1,733,891

JUL 189 2,924,013 1,412,907 412,434 4,749,355

AUG negative

SEP 41 634,310 306,504 89,470 1,030,283

OCT 166 2,568,181 1,240,966 362,244 4,171,391

NOV negative

DEC 683 10,566,673 5,105,903 1,490,436 17,163,011

Total 1735 26,842,133 61.57 12,970,340 29.75 3,786,100 8.68 43,598,572

Basic data source: Borja M, Lorenzo FM et al. (2007) in their study entitled ― Burden of Disease and Economic Evaluation of Dengue‖ (unpublished)

Note: Dengue cases, alert thresholds and epidemic thresholds were projected using the impact models.

Costs were projected using a 4.3% annual growth rate (NSO, 2010)

Blank cells indicate negative figures.

Page 130: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

99

Cost of Preventing Dengue

NCR, 2020. What if the government of NCR would want to save the funds intended for the

diagnosis and treatment of dengue in 2020? What would be its courses of action and how

much should it invest by that period? Answers to these questions are shown in Table 18.

There are three important actions that should be done. These are fogging, larval survey, and

ovitrap. The corresponding costs for these preventive measures are presented in the table.

Table 18 Cost of Preventive Measures of Dengue, NCR, 2020.

Preventive Measure Cost/HH (2007)

Cost/HH (2020)

Frequency of Application (times/year)

Total

Fogging 330 570.44 4 1,055,562.02

Larval Survey 224 387.21 4 716,502.60

Ovitrap 326 563.53 4 1,042,767.19

Total 880 1,521 2,814,831.80

Note:

Total population (2000)

9,932,560

Total population (2020)

12,038,263

Household size 4.6

Annual growth rate 1.06

Number of Persons affected in 2020 2128

Equivalent number of households

463

Basic data source: Borja M, Lorenzo FM et al (2007) in their study entitled “ Burden of Disease and Economic Evaluation of Dengue” (unpublished).

Costs were projected with a 4.3% annual cost increase (NSO, 2010). http://www.census.gov.ph/ncr/ncrweb/NCR%20quickstat/manila_summary.html

NCR, 2050. Preventing dengue in 2050 using the same preventive measures would need a

total of PhP 1.9 million for alert threshold and PhP 3.7 million for epidemic threshold (Table

19).

Table 19 Cost of Preventive Measures of Dengue, NCR, 2050.

Preventive Measure

Cost/HH (2007)

Cost/HH (2050)

Frequency of

Application (times/year) Total

Fogging 330 2017 4 3,043,039.13

Page 131: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

100

Larval Survey

224 1369 4 2,065,404.35

Ovitrap 326 1993 4 3,006,830.43

Total 880 5379 8,115,273.91

Note:

Population (2000)

9,932,560

Population (2050)

15,196,817

Household size 4.6

Annual growth rate 1.06

Number of Persons affected in 2050 1,735.00

Equivalent number of households 377.173913

Number of households that would be affected in 2050 epidemic threshold 173

Basic data source: Borja M, Lorenzo FM et al (2007) in their study entitled “ Burden of Disease and Economic Evaluation of Dengue (unpublished)”

Note: Population in 2050 was projected based on the 2000 population data with 3.6% growth rate and 4.98 household size (NSO,2010).

Costs were projected with a 4.3% annual cost increase (NSO, 2010).

Net Savings from Preventing Dengue

Applying effective preventive measures against dengue would result in significant

savings on the part of the provincial government in the amounts of PhP 10.9 M in 2020 and

PhP 31.69 M in 2050. (Table 20)

Table 20 Net savings from preventing Dengue

Cost Item

2020 2050

PhP PhP

Diagnosis 9,308,272.79

26,842,132.95

Treatment 4,497,846.09

12,970,339.50

Cost of Preventive Measures

2,814,831.80

8,115,273.91

Net Savings 10,991,287.08

31,697,198.54

Page 132: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

101

PALAWAN

Costs of Malaria

Malaria Cases, Palawan, 2020. Table 21 shows the projected monthly cases of malaria in

Palawan, cost of diagnosing malaria in hospital, total cost of treatment, cost of falciparum

treatment, cost of vivax, cost of treatment for additional drugs in hospitalized cases, and

treatment cost of sequelae. For a total of 187 projected cases of malaria in Year 2020, the

total fund requirement (total cost for diagnosis plus the total cost of treatment) would be PhP

0.68 M.

Table 21 Projected Cost (PhP) of Malaria Cases, Palawan, 2020

Month Cases

Costs of diagnosis (hospital) per case

Total costs of treatment

Cost of treatment P. falciparum

Cost of treatment P. vivax

Total cost of treatment for

Additional Drugs (hospitalized

cases)

Total cost of treatment for

sequelae

Cost in 2004

1224.9 627.6 62.6 12.7 327.3 224.9

Cost of 2020

2402.4 1230.9 122.9 25 641.9 441.10

JAN 17 40,841.58 20,925.31 2088.89 425.11 10911.83 7,498.72

FEB 20 48,048.92 24,618.01 2457.52 500.13 12837.45 8,822.03

MAR 24 57,658.70 29,541.61 2949.02 600.16 15404.94 10,586.43

APR 29 69,670.93 35,696.11 3563.4 725.19 18614.3 12,791.94

MAY 22 52,853.81 27,079.81 2703.27 550.15 14121.19 9,704.23

JUN 15 36,036.69 18,463.51 1843.14 375.1 9628.09 6,616.52

JUL 16 38,439.13 19,694.41 1966.02 400.11 10269.96 7,057.62

AUG 8 19,219.57 9,847.20 983.01 200.05 5134.98 3,528.81

SEP 14 33,634.24 17,232.61 1720.26 350.09 8986.21 6,175.42

OCT 6 14,414.68 7,385.40 737.26 150.04 3851.23 2,646.61

NOV 10 24,024.46 12,309.00 1228.76 250.07 6418.72 4,411.01

DEC 6 14,414.68 7,385.40 737.26 36.65 3851.23 2,646.61

Total 187 449,257.38 230,056.74 22,977.81 4,562.85 120,030.16 83,151.95

Data source: Lorenzo FM, Rivera P, et al (2004). Burden of Disease and Economic Evaluation of Malaria. Costs were projected with a 4.3% annual cost increase (NSO, 2010).

Cost of Preventing Malaria

Malaria Cases, Palawan, 2020. The projected amount required to prevent malaria diseases

in Palawan is PhP 0.29 M in Year 2020 (Table 22)

Page 133: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

102

Table 22 Projected Cost (PhP) of Malaria Prevention, 2020, Palawan

Month 2020

Cases

Cost of using insecticide treated bed nets (ITN)

Cost of focal spraying

Costs of early

diagnosis

Costs of early

treatment Total

Cost in 2004 per case 50.1 716.2 6.7 3.1 776.1

Cost in 2020 per case 98.3 1404.6 13.2 6.1 1522.2

JAN 17 1,670.46 23,878.55 224.5 103.84 25,877.35

FEB 20 1,965.24 28,092.41 264.11 122.17 30,443.93

MAR 24 2,358.29 33,710.89 316.94 146.6 36,532.72

APR 29 2,849.60 40,733.99 382.97 177.14 44,143.70

MAY 22 2,161.77 30,901.65 290.53 134.38 33,488.33

JUN 15 1,473.93 21,069.31 198.09 91.63 22,832.96

JUL 16 1,572.20 22,473.93 211.29 97.73 24,355.15

AUG 8 786.1 11,236.96 105.65 48.87 12,177.58

SEP 14 1,375.67 19,664.69 184.88 85.52 21,310.76

OCT 6 589.57 8,427.72 79.23 36.65 9,133.17

NOV 10 982.62 14,046.20 132.06 61.08 15,221.96

DEC 6 589.57 8,427.72 79.23 36.65 9,133.17

Total 187 18,375.04 262,664.03 2,469.47 1,142.27 285,978.00

Data source: Lorenzo FM, Rivera P, et al (2004). Burden of Disease and Economic Evaluation of Malaria (Unpublished) Costs were projected with a 4.3% annual cost increase (NSO, 2010).

Malaria Cases, Palawan, 2050. Table 23 presents the projected monthly malaria cases and

the costs of diagnosis and treatments. The projected 185 malaria cases in 2050 are a bit

less compared to the 2020 figures (187) but the required costs are significantly higher. This

is due to the cost of money which increased the funding requirement in 2050. The provincial

government would require a total budget of PhP2.38 M for the diagnoses and treatment of

malaria in 2050, compared to PhP 0.68 M in 2020.

Table 23 Projected Costs of Malaria, Palawan, 2050

Month Cases Costs of

diagnosis (hospital)

Total costs of treatment

Cost of treatment P. falciparum

Cost of treatment P.

vivax

Total cost of treatment for

Additional Drugs (hospitalized

cases)

Total cost of treatment for

sequelae

Cost in 2004

1224.9 627.6 62.6 12.7 327.3 224.9

Cost in 2050

8495.4 4352.6 434.5 88.4 2269.7 1,559.80

JAN 22 186,898.38 95,757.96 9559.14 1945.39 49934.5 34,315.50

FEB 25 212,384.53 108,815.86 10862.66 2210.67 56743.75 38,994.89

Page 134: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

103

Month Cases Costs of

diagnosis (hospital)

Total costs of treatment

Cost of treatment P. falciparum

Cost of treatment P.

vivax

Total cost of treatment for

Additional Drugs (hospitalized

cases)

Total cost of treatment for

sequelae

MAR 28 237,870.67 121,873.76 12166.18 2475.96 63553 43,674.27

APR 33 280,347.58 143,636.93 14338.71 2918.09 74901.75 51,473.25

MAY 22 186,898.38 95,757.96 9559.14 1945.39 49934.5 34,315.50

JUN 13 110,439.95 56,584.25 5648.58 1149.55 29506.75 20,277.34

JUL 15 127,430.72 65,289.52 6517.6 1326.4 34046.25 23,396.93

AUG 4 33,981.52 17,410.54 1738.03 353.71 9079 6,239.18

SEP 12 101,944.57 52,231.61 5214.08 1061.12 27237 18,717.55

OCT 1 8,495.38 4,352.63 434.51 88.43 2269.75 1,559.80

NOV 7 59,467.67 30,468.44 3041.55 618.99 15888.25 10,918.57

DEC 3 25,486.14 13,057.90 1303.52 265.28 6809.25 4,679.39

Total 185 1,571,645.50 805,237.36 80,383.70 16,358.99 419,903.74 288,562.15

Data source: Lorenzo FM, Rivera P, et al (2004). Burden of Disease and Economic Evaluation of Malaria Costs were projected with a 4.3% annual cost increase (NSO, 2010).

Cost of Malaria Prevention

Malaria Cases, Palawan, 2050. The preventive measures against malaria are: a) use of

treated bed nets; b) focal spraying; c) early diagnosis; and d) early treatment. These

measures, properly undertaken in 2050 with the right timing, would cost the provincial

government of Palawan a total of PhP 0.99 M only (Table 24).

Table 24 Cost Analysis Projections of Malaria Control Strategies, Palawan, 2050

Month 2020

Cases

Cost of using insecticide treated bed nets (ITN)

Cost of focal spraying

Costs of early diagnosis

Costs of early treatment Total

Cost in 2004 50.1 716.2 6.7 3.1 776.1

Cost in 2050 347.5 4966.9 46.7 21.6 5382.7

JAN 22 7,644.32 109,272.51 1027.34 475.2 118419.37

FEB 25 8,686.72 124,173.31 1167.43 540 134567.46

MAR 28 9,729.13 139,074.11 1307.52 604.8 150715.56

APR 33 11,466.47 163,908.77 1541.01 712.8 177629.05

MAY 22 7,644.32 109,272.51 1027.34 475.2 118419.37

JUN 13 4,517.10 64,570.12 607.06 280.8 69975.08

JUL 15 5,212.03 74,503.99 700.46 324 80740.48

AUG 4 1,389.88 19,867.73 186.79 86.4 21530.8

SEP 12 4,169.63 59,603.19 560.37 259.2 64592.39

Page 135: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

104

OCT 1 347.47 4,966.93 46.7 21.6 5382.7

NOV 7 2,432.28 34,768.53 326.88 151.2 37678.89

DEC 3 1,042.41 14,900.80 140.09 64.8 16148.1

Total 187 64,281.74 918,882.49 8,638.98 3,996.01 995,799.25

Data source: Lorenzo FM, Rivera P, et al (2004). Burden of Disease and Economic Evaluation of Malaria

Costs were projected with a 4.3% annual cost increase (NSO, 2010).

Net Savings from the Implementation of Preventive Measures for Malaria

The expected savings of the provincial government of Palawan in preventing malaria are

PhP 0.39 M and PhP 1.38 M in 2050 (Table 25).

Table 25 Net savings from preventive measures for malaria.

Cost Item

2020 2050

PhP PhP

Diagnosis + Treatment

679,435.77 2,376,882.86

Cost of Preventive Measures

285,978.00 995,799.25

393,457.77 1,381,083.61 Net Savings

Costs of Leptospirosis, Cholera, and Typhoid

There were no cost data on the diagnoses, treatments, income losses and costs of

prevention for leptospirosis, cholera, and typhoid in NCR, Palawan, Pangasinan, and Rizal.

Thus, no economic analyses were done.

Cost Impact of Diseases to Provincial Income

The study used the income classification of provinces set by the Department of

Finance through Department Order No.23-08 Effective July 29, 2008 (Table 26).

Table 26 Income Classification of Provinces

Class Average Annual Income

First P 450 M or more

Second P 360 M or more but less than P 450 M

Third P 270 M or more but less than P 360 M

Page 136: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

105

Class Average Annual Income

Fourth P 180 M or more but less than P 270 M

Fifth P 90 M or more but less than P 180 M

Sixth Below P 90 M

Data source: NSCB (2010) website.

NCR, Palawan, Rizal and Pangasinan fall within First Class Provinces each with an

income of more than PhP450 M. The funds and the percentages of costs over the annual

provincial income of PhP450 M are shown in Table 27. Dengue will have 3-7% cost of

diagnosis and treatment over NCR annual income from 2020 to 2050. The % cost of

preventing dengue is from 0.63% (2020) to 1.8% (2050). The % saving will be 2.73% in 2020

and 7.89% in 2050 if the preventive measures will be implemented.

Table 27 Percentages of Disease Costs Over Provincial Annual Income.

Disease Annual Income 2020 %Over Income 2050 %Over Income

NCR, Palawan, Pangasinan, Rizal 450 Mil

Dengue

a. Diagnosis and treatment 15,119,055.00 3.36 43,598,572.00

9.69

b. Preventive 2,814,831.30 0.63 8,115,273.91 1.80

c. Savings 12,304,223.70 2.73 35,483,298.09 7.89

Malaria

a. Diagnosis and treatment 679,435.77 0.15 2,376,882.86

0.53

b. Preventive 285,978.00

0.06 995,799.25 0.22

c. Savings 393,457.77 0.09 1,381,083.61 0.31

Cholera

a. Diagnosis and treatment no data no data

b. Preventive no data no data

c. Savings

Conclusions

Economic impact analyses were accomplished only for dengue and malaria. Other

diseases such as leptospirosis, cholera, and typhoid were not covered in the economic

Page 137: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

106

analysis due to lack of data. Rizal was not also covered because of lack of both climate

change and economic data on the selected diseases.

The results in NCR and Palawan indicate that malaria and dengue in 2020 would

require about 1% of its annual income for the diagnoses and treatments of malaria and

dengue. In 2050, the allocation for funding for the same diseases would reach no less than

2% of the provincial income.

However, Pangasinan in 2020 would need about 18% of its income only for

diagnoses and treatments of malaria and dengue. In 2050, the budget requirement for both

diseases would be reduced to 4% owing to the reduced number of malaria and dengue

cases, which is not attributed to preventive measures that would be implemented, but to the

changes in the climate indicators. Such climate change nonetheless, may be good from the

point of view of reducing disease occurrence.

Considering the five diseases for budgeting purposes, the provincial government may

allocate in the future roughly a total of 2.5% of the income of Palawan in 2020 and 5% in

2050 assuming that the average cost requirement of each disease would more or less be the

same with malaria and or dengue. On the other hand, Pangasinan would allocate roughly

45% of its income in 2020 to address the five diseases and 20% in 2050.

Considering the substantial savings that could be generated from applying preventive

measures, the two provincial governments may consider investing on financing preventive

measures to lessen the cost impacts of the diseases, thus lessen the burden of the

provincial governments in addressing these diseases.

Both governments should not wait for the diseases to reach epidemic levels before

they address the malaria and dengue outbreaks as well as other diseases that would

emerge and be aggravated by climate change conditions. It is most certainly beneficial to

prevent disease outbreaks before they even emerge.

D. Compendium of Good and Innovative Climate Change

Adaptation Practices

The main objectives of this activity were to identify policy options and measures on

climate change adaptation measures on health that suit Philippine setting and the integration

of these measures for national and local development planning processes. These outputs

were obtained through an intensive literature review, as well as consultation with experts on

Page 138: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

107

the various diseases and meetings with representatives of health agencies. Validation was

undertaken through the visits in 3 selected provinces namely Palawan, Rizal and

Pangasinan.

Experiences with the different adaptation practices where they have been

implemented were gathered through an extensive search of related literature from the

internet and through presentations of experts on the various diseases. These practices are

being assessed and attempts are also being made to explain successes and failures,

especially the factors that contributed to them. The adaptation strategy were categorized to

address the vulnerabilities identified in the V&A framework, comprising of the following: (a)

individual/family/community; (b) health system and infrastructure; (c) pathogen and vector

factors; (d) socio-economic factors; (e) environmental factors; and (f) health and

environmental policy. The adaptation measures must incorporate capacitating the individual,

family, and/or community to analyze and adequately respond to future climate risks.

1. Adaptation Options Derived from Literature Review

Adaptation is a key response strategy to minimize potential impacts of climate

change. A primary objective of adaptation is the reduction, with the least cost, of death,

disease, disability and human suffering. The ability to adapt to climate change, and

specifically the impacts on health, will depend on many factors including existing

infrastructure, resources, technology, information and the level of equity in different countries

and regions. Cross-sectoral policies that promote ecologically sustainable development and

address the underlying driving forces will be essential in managing health impacts and

adaptation measures. Strategies to deal with the impacts of climate change on health need

intersectoral, and cross-sectoral adaptation measures and collaboration. The health sector

alone, or in limited collaboration with a few sectors, cannot deal with the necessary "primary"

adaptation. Sensitive indicators of "climate-environmental" health impacts are needed to

monitor possible changes at regional and national levels. Capacity building is an essential

step for adaptation and mitigation strategies. This should include education, training and

awareness raising, as well as the creation of legal frameworks, institutions and an

environment that enables people to take well-informed decisions for the long term benefit of

society (IDS, 2006).

Climate change will affect human health and well-being through a variety of

mechanisms: availability of fresh water supplies, efficiency of local sewerage systems, food

Page 139: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

108

security, changes in food production, security of human dwellings, distribution and seasonal

transmission of vector-borne diseases, and increased frequency and severity of extreme

weather events. Adaptation is a key response strategy to minimize potential impacts of CC.

In health, the primary objective of adaptation is reduction, with the least cost, of death,

disease, disability and human suffering (IDS, 2006).

Vulnerability (of an individual or a country) is a function both of the exposure to

changes in climate and on the ability to adapt to the impacts associated with that exposure.

Causes of population vulnerability to ill-health in the face of environmental stress also

include the level of dependency (such as reliance on others for information, resources, and

expertise) and geographical isolation (as in small island countries)

The primary objective of adaptation is to reduce disease burdens, injuries,

disabilities, suffering and deaths. Many impacts of climate change - including health impacts

- can be reduced or avoided by various adaptations (Smit, 1993; MacIver and Klein, 1999).

The key determinants of health – as well as the solutions – lie primarily outside

the direct control of the health sector. They are rooted in areas such as sanitation and

water supply, education, agriculture, trade, tourism, transport, development and

housing.

ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE AND ADAPTABILITY:

Types of Adaptation

Adaptation can be either reactive or anticipatory. Reactive adaptation occurs

after the initial impacts of climate change have appeared, while anticipatory

(or proactive) adaptation takes place before impacts are apparent.

Adaptation can also be classified based on whether the adaptation is

motivated by private or public interests. Private decision-makers include both

individual households and commercial companies, while public interests are

served by governments at all levels (Klein, 2000, Table 28).

A distinction is often made between planned and autonomous adaptation

(Carter et al., 1994). Planned adaptation is the result of a deliberate policy

decision, based on an awareness that conditions have changed or are about

to change and that action is required to return to or maintain a desired state.

Autonomous adaptation involves the changes human systems will undergo in

response to changing conditions, irrespective of any policy, plan or decision.

Page 140: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

109

Table 28 Types of Adaptation to Climate Change

Anticipatory / Proactive Reactive

Private 1. Purchase of insurance 2. Construction of "disaster"

resistant houses

1. Changes in insurance premiums

Public 1. National disaster insurance fund

2. Urban planning 3. New building codes,

design standards 4. Incentives for relocation 5. Immunization campaigns

1. Monitoring and surveillance

2. Compensatory payments and subsidies

3. Enforcement of building codes, design standards

Note: Adapted from Klein, 2000

The United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change suggests that anticipatory

adaptation deserves particular attention from the international climate-change community.

Five generic objectives of anticipatory adaptation:

1. Increasing the robustness of infrastructural designs and long-term

investments—for example, by extending the range of temperature or

precipitation, which a system can withstand without failure, and

changing the tolerance of loss or failure (e.g. by increasing economic

reserves or by insurance);

2. Increasing the flexibility of vulnerable managed systems—for example, by

allowing mid-term adjustments (including change of activities or location)

and reducing economic lifetimes (including increasing depreciation);

3. Enhancing the adaptability of vulnerable natural systems—for example, by

reducing other (non-climatic) stresses and removing barriers to

migration (animal or human) (including establishing eco-corridors);

4. Reversing the trends that increase vulnerability ("maladaptation")—for

example, by introducing setbacks for development in vulnerable areas

such as floodplains and coastal zones; and

5. Improving societal awareness and preparedness—for example, by informing

the public of the risks and possible consequences of climate change

and setting up early-warning systems.

Page 141: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

110

Table 29 Examples of Primary and Secondary Adaptation Measures to Reduce Health

Impacts

Impact Primary adaptive measures Secondary adaptive measures

Heat stress 1. Heatwave warning systems 2. Urban planning

1. Health personnel educated to detect and treat heat stress

Extreme weather

events

1. Disaster preparedness and mitigation 2. Early warning systems 3. Disaster protection measures, such as

"room for the river"

1. Disaster response

Infectious diseases

1. Integrated environmental management 1. Disease surveillance and monitoring

2. Control of vector-, food- and water- borne diseases

Food security

1. International mechanisms of agriculture, trade and finance

2. Seasonal climate forecasting 3. Famine early warning systems 4. National and local agriculture

measures, such as tailored land use planning, avoidance of monocultures, upgraded food storage and distribution systems, conservation of soil moisture and nutrients

1. Monitoring and surveillance 2. Implementation of nutrition

action plans

Water 1. Pollution reduction and pollution control policies

2. Demand management and water allocation policies

3. Waste water treatment 4. Economic and regulatory measures to

increase irrigation efficiency 5. Capacity building

1. Monitoring and surveillance 2. Capacity building

Note: Adapted from Menne, 2000a

Table 30 Adaptation Options to Reduce the Potential Health Impacts of Climate

Change

Adaptation Option

Level No of People that will Benefit

Feasibility Barriers Cost

1. Interagency co-operation

G, R, N +++ ++ ++ +

2. Improvements to public health infrastructure

N,L +++ + + ++

3. Early warning and epidemic forecasting

L ++ ++ + +

4. Support for infectious disease control

N,L ++ +++ + +

Page 142: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

111

5. Monitoring and surveillance

N,L ++ +++ + +

6. Integrated environmental management

L + ++ + ++

7. Urban design (including transport systems)

L + + ++ ++

8. Housing, sanitation, water quality

L + + + +

9. technologies (e.g. air conditioning)

L + +++ + +

10. Public Education

L +++ +++ + +

G = Global, R= Regional, N = National, L = Local, +++ = large effect, ++ = medium effect, + =

small effect.

Note: Adapted from McMichael et al., forthcoming in IPCC Special Report on Technology Transfer.

Weather forecesating, seasonal forecasting and early warning systems

Through modern meteorological and hydrological advances such as satellites, radar,

and weather prediction models, it is now possible to provide communities threatened

by potential major disasters with information to allow them to take preventive action

in time.

The use of climate forecasts for epidemic prediction needs to be linked with early

warning systems of known epidemic risk factors.

Hot weather watch / warning system has been used in the United States to predict

specific air masses up to 2 days in advance. One an air

mass is classified as oppressive with the likelihood of high mortality, a ―health

warning‖ is issued to the public health authorities, which prepare a public health

response.

The most elementary form of adaptation is to launch or improve monitoring and

surveillance systems.

Control of vector-borne and water-borne diseases (WHO, 2000)

Malaria

Early diagnosis and prompt treatment

Page 143: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

112

Selective and sustainable adaptation measures including vector control,

early detection and containment or prevention of epidemics

Local capacity building for basic and applied research

Advances in the mapping of malaria using satellite data, validated with

surveillance information, will help target control efforts

Access to anti-malaria drugs

Preventive measures such as bed nets and housing design

Epidemic forecasting

Environmental management

Dengue

Surveillance of vector densities and disease transmission

Developing selective and sustainable vector control, including

preparedness for emergency control

Strengthening local capacity for assessment of the social, cultural,

economic and environmental factors that lead to increased vector

densities and increased transmission of disease

Early diagnosis and prompt treatment of DHF

Research in vector control

Mobilization of other sectors to incorporate dengue control into

their goals and activities

Diseases contracted through public water supplies

1. Access to safe drinking water

2. Boiling

3. Use of submicrometre point-of-use filters may reduce the risk

of waterborne cryptosporidiosis

4. Simple filtration procedure involving the use of domestic

material can reduce the number of vibrios attached to plankton

in raw water

5. Use of 5% calcium hypochlorite solution to disinfect water and

subsequent use of the treated water in a narrow-mouthed jar

produced drinking water from non-potable sources that met

WHO standards for microbiological quality

Enhancing Adaptive Capacity

Intersectoral collaboration

Page 144: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

113

1. Integrated water management

2. Integrated environmental management

3. Urban planning

Partnerships with the private sector

Technological development and capacity

Adequate expenditure on health care and prevention (On average, health

expenditures in low income countries in 1994 were $16 per capita. In contrast,

average health expenditures in high-income countries were more than $1800 per

capita.)

o In Vietnam, Health workers have succeeded (in the battle against malaria)

through government commitment, increased funding, and the

widespread use of locally-produced low-cost tools. About 12 million

Vietnamese are protected by house spraying and insecticide-

impregnated bed nets. In areas where malaria is endemic, insecticide

impregnation is provided as a public service, free of charge.

Adaptation includes the strategies, policies and measures undertaken now and in the

future to reduce potential adverse health effects. Individuals, communities and regional and

national agencies and organizations will need to adapt to health impacts relating to climate

change. At each level, options range from incremental changes in current activities and

interventions, to translation of interventions from other countries/regions to address changes

in the geographic range of diseases, to development of new interventions to address new

disease threats. The degree of response will depend on factors such as who is expected to

take action; the current burden of climate-sensitive diseases; the effectiveness of current

interventions to protect the population from weather- and climate-related hazards;

projections of where, when and how the burden of disease could change as the climate

changes (including changes in climate variability); the feasibility of implementing additional

cost-effective interventions; other stressors that could increase or decrease resilience to

impacts; and the social, economic and political context within which interventions are

implemented.

Because climate will continue to change for the foreseeable future and because

adaptation to these changes will be an ongoing process, active management of the risks and

benefits of climate change needs to be incorporated into the design, implementation and

evaluation of disease control strategies and policies across the institutions and agencies

Page 145: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

114

responsible for maintaining and improving population health. In addition, understanding the

possible impacts of climate change in other sectors could help decision makers identify

situations where impacts in another sector, such as water or agriculture, could adversely

affect population health.

In reality, many of the possible measures for adapting to climate change lie primarily

outside the direct control of the health sector. They are rooted in areas such as sanitation

and water supply, education, agriculture, trade, tourism, transport, development and

housing. Inter-sectoral and cross-sectoral adaptation strategies are needed to reduce the

potential health impacts of climate change.

A policy analysis can determine the feasibility of, and priorities among, these options.

When identifying specific measures to implement, it is often informative to list all potential

measures, without regard to technical feasibility, cost or other limiting criteria; this is the

theoretical range of choice (White, 1961). It is a comprehensive listing of all the measures

that have been used anywhere, new or untried measures, plus other measures that can only

be imagined. The list can be compiled from inventory of current practice and experience,

from a search for measures used in other jurisdictions and in other societies, and from a

brainstorming session with scientists, practitioners and affected stakeholders on measures

that might be options in the future. Listing the full range of potential measures provides

policy makers with a picture of measures that could be implemented to reduce a climate-

related risk, and which choices are constrained because of a lack of information or research,

as a consequence of other policy choices, among others.

The general vulnerabilities of the human sector to climate change-related diseases

according to the Vulnerability and Adaptation Framework are shown below:

Table 31 Health Sector Vulnerabilities to Climate Change-related diseases, 2011

Vulnerability Indicator

Dengue Malaria Leptospirosis Cholera Typhoid

Individual, family, community

All ages with poor sanitary practices and facilities, low immune system, poor hygienic practices, low access to sanitary water, lack of health facilities, do not live in climate resistant houses, and are

All ages with poor sanitary practices and facilities, low immune system, poor hygienic practices, do not live in climate-resistant houses and lack health facilities are highly vulnerable.

All ages, families, communities exposed in flood-prone areas where population of rats and other animals who can be disease vectors are high are highly vulnerable.

All ages with water systems and food sources are easily contaminated with septic waste leakages during floods are highly vulnerable.

All ages with ingestion of contaminated food and water that spoiled are highly vulnerable.

Page 146: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

115

Vulnerability Indicator

Dengue Malaria Leptospirosis Cholera Typhoid

active outdoors especially at dawn and dusk are highly vulnerable

health systems and infrastructure

Highly vulnerable are those that have no or low access to health practitioners, and health facilities such as clinics and hospitals and drug stores including other important medical facilities.

pathogen/vector factors

Communities and households environment that have no proper sanitation, no proper control of animals living near humans, no waste management system, presence of canals and water bodies that are habitat of pathogens and vectors are highly vulnerable

socio-economic factors

Highly vulnerable are the poor sector of the population. Those that are below poverty income threshold level and have difficult access to health services i.e. cannot afford doctor‘s treatment as well as medicines.

environmental factors

Highly vulnerable are communities close to bodies of stagnant water, unsanitary environment, lack of waste management system, temperature, rainfall and relative humidity favoring the growth of pathogens and vectors.

health/environmental policy

Highly vulnerable are communities and families not covered by policies on the regular monitoring and treatment of diseases and maintenance of a sanitary environment.

The adaptation measures reported by the PHOs and stakeholders in Palawan,

Pangasinan and Rizal are shown in Table 32.

Table 32 Adaptations to Climate Change-related Diseases in Palawan, Pangasinan and

Rizal, 2011

Adaptation Practices

Dengue Malaria Leptospirosis Cholera Typhoid

Individuals and Family

Use of treated or untreated mosquito nets.

Proper use of nets at the right time and right place

Proper use of nets at the right time and right place

Provision of screens and sealing of holes in houses

Prevent entries of mosquitoes

Prevent entries of mosquitoes

Cleanliness of immediate household‘s surroundings

Removal of waters in containers inside and outside the house

Removal of breeding grounds of mosquitoes inside and outside the house by practicing proper waste disposal

Elimination of damp areas conducive for rat‘s habitat. Clean drainage system most often to prevent breeding grounds of rats

Page 147: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

116

Adaptation Practices

Dengue Malaria Leptospirosis Cholera Typhoid

Water, sanitation and good hygienic practices

Source out water for drinking that are safe or free from contamination. Sterilize water before drinking. Store foods properly avoiding contacts with probable carriers of cholera. Practice sanitation and good hygiene in the family.

Same as cholera

Consciousness on good health maintenance

Early diagnosis and treatment of climate change-related diseases.

Maintenance of pets at home that can reduce growth of vectors and pathogens

Breeding of larvivarous species of fish

Maintenance of cats that feed on rats

Barangay or Community

Presence of active barangay health workers.

Report suspected cases to hospitals for immediate diagnosis and treatment

Microscopists for malaria only for immediate diagnosis and treatment of climate change-health related diseases

Report cases of suspected infected persons for treatment

Refer cases to hospitals for diagnosis and treatment

Refer cases to hospitals for immediate diagnosis and treatment

Decanting Spraying pesticides that are not toxic to human being

Destroy rats and breeding grounds and habitat

Provision of a centralized clean water sources that are well protected and maintained whole year round

Spring development; Prevention of water source contamination by sealing potential entry of pathogens/vectors.

Community ordinances: zoning and resettlement of high risk groups

Resettlement in dengue-free zones.

Resettlement in malaria free zone.

Resettlement in elevated and non-flood prone

Remove sources of water contamination or resettlement contaminated groups.

Page 148: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

117

Adaptation Practices

Dengue Malaria Leptospirosis Cholera Typhoid

or informal settlers.

areas.

Proper waste management system at community level

Removal of wastes that promote growth of pathogens/vectors; cleaning of water ways

Eliminate breeding grounds of rats

Removal of sources of contamination; location of water sources away from sewage/waste dumping areas. dengue

Prevent sources of pathogens/

vectors coming from waste/sewage areas.

Presence of manned and active health workers in BHCs.

Regular diagnosis, treatment and referrals/endorsement to hospitals that can treat diseases.

Information and Education Campaign at the Community Level

Barangay Health Centers with regular information campaign activities for the barangay population regarding prevention adaptation measures of all diseases

Health systems and infrastructure

Presence of a network of complimentary hospitals complete with laboratory, medicines, and medical facilities within the province where costs of diagnosis and treatments are affordable.

Conduct thorough diagnoses and treatments of infected persons.

Health care system

PhilHealth card necessary for each family

Holistic health maintenance projects

Fourmula-1, Vaccination, PIDSR, etc.

Fourmula-1, PIDSR, malaria treatment medicines, etc.

Fourmula 1, PIDSR, leptospirosis treatment medicines

Fourmula 1, PIDSR, cholera treatment medicines

Fourmula 1, PIDSR, typhoid treatment medicines

Pathogen/vector factors

Innovative practices to eliminate vectors and pathogens.

Solar insecticide capture and destroy

Rats trapping Floating Toilet Device

Floating Toilet Device

Page 149: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

118

Adaptation Practices

Dengue Malaria Leptospirosis Cholera Typhoid

Regular spraying of chemicals that are non- toxic to human beings to eliminate pathogens and vectors inside and outside the house.

Regular and simultaneous spraying that kills mosquitoes and other insects, fungi and other pathogens in all houses and breeding grounds in a barangay.

Regular and simultaneous decanting by barangay level.

Elimination of growth factors and habitat.

Cleaning of water ways, streams and other water bodies, and proper sanitary practices at the household level.

Cleaning of canals; removal of rat habitat and wastes.

Avoid food spoilage by refrigeration and maintenance of clean and safe water sources.

Socio-economic Factors

Health subsidies in vulnerable communities or barangays.

Subsidies to all vulnerable families in the form of free or affordable health card.

Provision of livelihood and income generating projects to increase income of vulnerable communities.

Planting, processing and marketing of medicinal plants proven to strengthen immune system; manufacture and marketing of decanting and trap gadgets; production and marketing of insect repellants; production, breeding and marketing of pets that feed on insects and rats.

PPP for clean and safe water system

Replace old water system vulnerable to contamination

Replace old water system vulnerable to contamination.

Environmental factors

Forestation Planting and management of integrated forest plantations that drive away mosquitoes

Planting and management of integrated forest plantations that drive away mosquitoes

Planting of forest species that attract rats from residential areas.

Establishment, maintenance and management of sanitary landfills.

Eliminates breeding grounds of insects, pathogens and vectors.

Eliminates breeding grounds of rats.

Eliminates breeding grounds of insects, pathogens and vectors.

Periodic cleaning and declogging of waterways,

Breeding grounds of mosquitoes in stagnant water are destroyed.

Flowing streamflow prevent s

Clean and declogged waterways also washout pathogens and vectors that live

Page 150: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

119

Adaptation Practices

Dengue Malaria Leptospirosis Cholera Typhoid

streams and rivers to allow waterflow continuously.

depostion of wastes for rat foods .

on stagnant water.

Health/ environmental policy

Policy on the integration of health and climate change education in primary and secondary education

Education on the prevention of dengue at home and in school .

Education on the prevention of malaria at home and in school.

Education on the prevention of leptospirosis

Education on the prevention of cholera

Education on the prevention of typhoid

Climate risk proofing policies

Adoption and implementation of adaptation measures for climate change-related health problems in all DOH projects

Policy on mandatory coverage of population for health care system

Full coverage in highly vulnerable areas.

Policy on Strengthened Provincial Disaster Coordinating Council

Creation of a sub-council on disease-related disaster prevention and management

Disaster preparedness policy.

Nationwide capacity building of people on disaster preparedness brought about by climate change-related diseases.

International, regional, national and local literature on climate change adaptation in

relation to health were gathered as well as reports on combating the four priority diseases

namely malaria, dengue, leptospirosis, and cholera/typhoid. An annotated bibliography

formatted by using endnotes in Microsoft Word which documented all relevant reference

materials on climate change adaptation is in the process of preparation. See book 3 annex

B. Among the collected adaptation measures and disease combating strategies, the team

has identified good and innovative practices that are relevant to national and sub-national

development processes in the health sector.

A short-listing of these adaptation measures was undertaken, guided by a set of

prioritization criteria formulated by the project team. In addition, climate change adaptation

practices that are based on local indigenous knowledge and cultural practices, if there are

any, will likewise were documented.

Page 151: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

120

2. Field documented Innovative Climate Change Adaptation Options for the

Health Sector

The following section describes three innovative climate change adaptation options

currently deemed effective and implemented in the field validation sites. They are mostly

concerned with water and waste management.

Solar Water Disinfection (SODIS)

Solar Water Disinfection (SODIS) is a simple, environmentally sustainable, low-cost

solution for drinking water treatment at household level for people consuming

microbiologically contaminated raw water. Through the use of solar energy, it

improves the quality of drinking water by destroying microorganisms that cause

water-borne diseases. These pathogenic microorganisms are susceptible to two

effects of sunlight: 1) radiation in the spectrum of UV-A light (wavelength 320-400nm)

and 2) heat (increased water temperature). SODIS takes advantage of the synergy

of these two effects, as their combined effect is much greater than the sum of the

single effects. Thus, the mortality of the microorganisms increases with more

simultaneous exposure to temperature and UV-A light.

SODIS is ideal for disinfection of small quantities of water with low turbidity. Placed

in transparent plastic bottles, contaminated water is exposed to full sunlight for 6

hours to destroy the pathogens. Water with more than 50% cloudiness must be

exposed for 2 consecutive days in order to be safe for consumption. Treatment time

can be reduced to one hour if water temperatures exceed 50°C, and treatment

efficiency can be improved if the plastic bottles are exposed on sunlight-reflecting

surfaces such as aluminum or corrugated iron sheets.

By destroying pathogens present in drinking water, SODIS reduces the occurrence of

enteric diseases such as infectious diarrhea (from bacterial infections with

enteropathogenic Escherichia coli), dysentery (watery diarrhoea from bacterial

infections with Salmonella or Shigella), dysentery (from parasitic infection with

Giardia lamblia (―Giardiasis‖) or Entamoeba hystolytica (―Amoebiasis‖), and cholera

(from bacterial infection with Vibrio cholera).

Page 152: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

121

Floating Toilet Device

The Floating Toilet Device is a project of the Center for Health Development of

Ilocos, in collaboration with hon. Mayor Alfonso Celeste, officials, and the fish pen

owners association of the municipality of Bolinao. Drinking water contaminated with

fecal matter and vibrio cholera has been strongly associated with numerous cases of

cholera in the 2004 outbreak in Pangasinan. The lack of LGU programs and projects

related to water supply and sanitation led to the re-emergence of the cholera

outbreak in 2008. The lack of investment in such programs and projects has been

identified by the DOH as one of the major environmental factors that contributed to

the persistence of cholera in the province of Pangasinan.

As a long term solution to end the cholera epidemic cycle, the Cholera Containment

Strategy and the environmental sustainability projects under it were employed.

Households living near bodies of water were considered as a major drawback in the

containment strategy. For the purpose of preventing the contamination of water

sources, the technology of floating sanitary toilets was developed and piloted in the

municipality of Bolinao, Pangasinan.

Solar-powered Clean Water System (SCW System)

Water disinfection through the Solar-powered Clean Water (SCW) System,

developed by the Ateneo Innovation Center, involves the use of ultraviolet irradiation

to destroy microorganisms in collected rainwater. The UV lamps are powered by

solar energy, which is collected by solar panels and stored in batteries.

The SCW System is being applied as a method of domestic wastewater treatment in

Calaca, Batangas. For this community with a population of 700, the initial

recommendation is to build 2 sets of 6 water cleaning stations. The following

parameters serve as a basis for this design:

– Houses are still being constructed.

– The rate of effective UV (ultraviolet) irradiation and ceramic filter is at most 2

liters per minute (120 liters in a day).

– The duration of UV operation is 4 hours a day.

Page 153: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

122

Labor and part devices of an SCW System are estimated at Php 50,000. The Ateneo

Innovation Center can provide training for maintenance of the system. On the other

hand, design and construction of the rainwater tank and collection system will be

done separately by an independent contractor.

3. Prioritized Adaptation Options

Adaptation includes the strategies, policies and measures undertaken now and in the

future to reduce potential adverse health effects. Individuals, communities and regional and

national agencies and organizations will need to adapt to health impacts relating to climate

change. At each level, options range from incremental changes in current activities and

interventions, to translation of interventions from other countries/regions to address changes

in the geographic range of diseases, to development of new interventions to address new

disease threats. The degree of response will depend on factors such as who is expected to

take action; the current burden of climate-sensitive diseases; the effectiveness of current

interventions to protect the population from weather- and climate-related hazards;

projections of where, when and how the burden of disease could change as the climate

changes (including changes in climate variability); the feasibility of implementing additional

cost-effective interventions; other stressors that could increase or decrease resilience to

impacts; and the social, economic and political context within which interventions are

implemented.

Because climate will continue to change for the foreseeable future and because

adaptation to these changes will be an ongoing process, active management of the risks and

benefits of climate change needs to be incorporated into the design, implementation and

evaluation of disease control strategies and policies across the institutions and agencies

responsible for maintaining and improving population health. In addition, understanding the

possible impacts of climate change in other sectors could help decision makers identify

situations where impacts in another sector, such as water or agriculture, could adversely

affect population health.

In reality, many of the possible measures for adapting to climate change lie primarily

outside the direct control of the health sector. They are rooted in areas such as sanitation

and water supply, education, agriculture, trade, tourism, transport, development and

housing. Intersectoral and cross-sectoral adaptation strategies are needed to reduce the

potential health impacts of climate change.

Page 154: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

123

A policy analysis can determine the feasibility of, and priorities among, these options.

When identifying specific measures to implement, it is often informative to list all potential

measures, without regard to technical feasibility, cost or other limiting criteria; this is the

theoretical range of choice (White, 1961). It is a comprehensive listing of all the measures

that have been used anywhere, new or untried measures, plus other measures that can only

be imagined. The list can be compiled from inventory of current practice and experience,

from a search for measures used in other jurisdictions and in other societies, and from a

brainstorming session with scientists, practitioners and affected stakeholders on measures

that might be options in the future. Listing the full range of potential measures provides

policy makers with a picture of measures that could be implemented to reduce a climate-

related risk, and which choices are constrained because of a lack of information or research,

as a consequence of other policy choices, among others.

Adaptation Evaluation Decision Matrix (AEDM)

AEDM is a decision making tool designed to assist policy makers on what climate change

adaptation measures need to be prioritized and adopted based on a set of criteria. It

answers which of the adaptation measures are worth implementing due their effectiveness in

addressing the disease/ health problems at the soonest possible time at least cost, within

policy mandates and programs, and practicable and implementable at the family level. In

utilizing this tool it shall be assumed that all climate change adaptations that will be included

are cost- effective based on a literature review or country best practices.

The criteria recommended in the AEDM for evaluating adaptation measures are shown in

Table 32. Information required maybe qualitative or quantitative depending on the availability

and type of the information. Qualitative rating can be variations of (+) or (-). Quantitatively,

rates or scores or actual quantitative data such as costs can be used. The criteria are

described as follows:

Practicability of implementation - pertains to feasibility of implementation given the

policies, resources (financial, human resources, equipment/ materials), systems

(financing, monitoring, evaluation, operations and information), guidelines and

organizational structure. The scores or rates or degrees of (+) or (-) will depend on

the presence or absence of these inputs.

Cost- effectiveness – achieving desired health outcomes at least cost. If cost

effectiveness ratios for the adaptation measures are available, these can be used

basis to score or rate low to high cost effectiveness ratios. If no ratios can be

Page 155: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

124

obtained from information available to the policy maker, then variations of (+) mark

can be used to show degrees of cost- effectiveness (low high). If no data is

available on cost effectiveness, effectiveness measures such as health outcomes

need to be identified first. Examples of health outcomes can are low incidence,

prevalence, or mortality rates related to malaria, dengue, leptospirosis, cholera and

typhoid. Health records in health centers can be used to quantify effectiveness.

Quantitatively, incidence, prevalence or mortality rates can be used. Qualitatively,

variations of (+) and (-) to depict highs and lows can be employed. Costs, on the

other hand, are more straightforward. These are actual total costs incurred by the

health center to prevent diseases such as malaria, dengue, leptospirosis, cholera

and typhoid. If no costs are available, perception of the cost incurred can be

described using degrees of (+) or (-) marks.

Within the policy/ program – this section assumes that there is a policy and/ or

program already in place. The criterion then pertains to the scope of the policy or

program. The extent of coverage or inclusion of an adaptation measure to a current

policy or program will merit variations of (+) mark or a score. Absence of the

adaptation measure in the current policy or program will mean a (-) mark or a score.

Safe to family members – the criterion ensures that the utilization of adaptation

measure will not be hazardous to members of the family or community.

Impact to the environment – pertains to the overall effect to the general environment

of the community.

After the scores or rates have been decided on, totals need to be computed based on (+)

and (-) if done qualitatively or the scores/ rates if done quantitatively.

Table 33 Adaptation Evaluation Decision Matrix

Disease/Adaptation

Measure

Practicability of implementation

Cost-effectiveness

Within policy/program

Safe to family

members

Impact to the

environment

Total

Impact Rating + - + - + - + - + -

Dengue a.Adaptation 1 b.Adaptation 2 Malaria a.Adaptation 1 b.Adaptation 2

Page 156: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

125

The adaptation measures in Table 34 were obtained from the review of

literature (compendium of good and innovate climate change adaptation practices).

The matrix was completed to demonstrate the way policymakers and implementers

can accomplish it. Adaptation measures are varied and need to be identified given

the context or setting of the community where the measures will be implemented.

As in the earlier discussion on Adaptation Evaluation Decision Matrix, a set of

criteria were used to help policymakers identify cost effective adaptation measures

that are applicable to their local context or setting. Adaptation measures under the

General Adaptation category are cross- cutting interventions and are not solely to

address health issues caused by climate change. Such include harmonization of

policies, health surveillance and early warning, health service delivery and programs,

capacity building, social health insurance coverage, stakeholder partnerships and

capacity building, public awareness on disease prevention and environmental health.

Disease-specific adaptation measures are grouped according to vector-borne

diseases and water/food-borne diseases. For Malaria, Dengue and Leptospirosis,

presence of an integrated vector management program is considered to be a cost

effective measure since it aims to address the management of different types of

vectors found in a particular community. Interventions in the integrated program may

involve decanting and management of wetland breeding sites for mosquitoes and

provision of proper footwear and safe drinking water. For the water/ food- borne

diseases like cholera and typhoid, the best adaptation measures are focused on

proper sanitation, proper human waste disposal and provision of safe drinking water.

The assessment of each of the criterion is discussed on page 124. Based on

the assessment and scoring done, items with 11-15 points are comprised of regular

and existing programs that need to be reinforced by local government units to help

address effects of climate change on health. Items with 7-10 points are measures

that are quite new and are not yet widely implemented, lack current local policy

support, lack implementation mechanisms and/or strong political will to effectively

address health issues. Based on best practices, it is advised that a mix of general

and disease specific adaptation measures be prioritized and pursued. Adaptation

measures can likewise be prioritized and implemented according to a timeframe set

by policymakers and implementers: short-term, medium-term and long-term.

Page 157: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

126

Table 34 Adaptation Evaluation Decision Matrix based on Literature

Disease/Adaptation Measure

Practicability of implementation

Cost-effectiveness

Within policy/program

Safe to family members

Impact to the environment

Total

Impact Rating + - + - + - + - + -

General Adaptation

Mainstreaming CC in government policies + ++ + + ++ 7

CC Capacity building of policy makers and implementers

++ +++ + - ++ 7

Increased stakeholder partnership and collaboration for CC and disease prevention

++ +++ + +++ + 9

Intensifying public health surveillance and early warning system especially in vulnerable areas

+++ +++ +++ +++ +++ 15

Improvement of health service delivery and clinical and public health programs

+++ +++ +++ +++ ++ 14

Increased social health insurance coverage (safety net)

+++ +++ +++ +++ -- 10

Environmental cleanliness +++ +++ + +++ +++ 13

Reforestation ++ ++ + + +++ 9

Land zoning restrictions and resettlement programs

+ ++ ++ ++ + 8

Reinforcement of public awareness on disease prevention

+++ ++ +++ +++ +++ 14

Dengue, Malaria, Leptospirosis

Integrated vector management program– to include regular decanting; management of wetland breeding sites; proper footwear and provision of safe drinking water

+++ +++ --- +++ +++ 9

Cholera, and Typhoid

Promotion of basic hygiene and sanitation +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ 15

Safe drinking water (SODIS) +++ +++ - +++ + 9

Solar Powered Clean Water system(SCW system)

+++ +++ - +++ + 9

Floating Toilet Device +++ +++ -- +++ +++ 10

+ /- least, ++/--mid, +++/---most

Page 158: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

127

E. Integrated Monitoring and Evaluation Framework (IM&EF)

The framework in schematic form is shown in Figure 26 (also see Book 2, Appendix

E). The main objective of the IM&EF is to enable periodic M&E of climate change trends and

impacts on the effectiveness of policies and measures for reducing vulnerability and

increasing adaptive capacity in the Health sector. The M&E framework/strategy is based on

existing M&E system in the health sector as well as from M&E systems of NGAs and

international organizations. Consequently, the activities undertaken include the review of

relevant on-going M&E frameworks and analysis of how climate change parameters could

be incorporated in the existing M&E system, as well as the formulation of a strategy on how

to build capacity for implementing the system.

Figure 26 Integrated M&E Framework

Page 159: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

128

How the framework was formed

The inventory and assessment of relevant on-going M&E frameworks and systems in

the international, national and local levels involved the search for M&E systems related to

climate change from internet sources and from consultation meetings with DOH officials.

At the international level, M&E frameworks were sourced from the United Nations

Development Program‘s (UNDP) Global Environment Facility. These frameworks generally

monitor climate change adaptation and climate change programs. Relative to health, the

International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies‘ M&E Sourcebook has

provided information that are useful for the development of climate change adaptation M&E

in the health sector.

At the national level, monitoring and evaluation systems of different government

agencies were examined. These agencies include the Department of Agriculture (DA),

Department of Agrarian Reform (DAR), Department of Environment and Natural Resources

(DENR), Department of Health (DOH), Department of Science and Technology (DOST),

Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), National Economic Development Authority (NEDA),

and the National Statistics Office (NSO).

Relative to health, the National Framework Strategy on Climate Change (NFSCC)

under the Climate Change Act has prioritized the following strategies for the sector:

a. Assessment of the vulnerability of the health sector to climate change.

b. Improvement of climate-sensitivity and increase in responsiveness of public health

systems and service delivery mechanisms to climate change.

c. Establishment of mechanisms to identify, monitor and control diseases brought about

by climate change; and improved surveillance and emergency response to

communicable diseases, especially climate-sensitive water-borne and vector

diseases.

It should be noted that all of the above strategies require the strengthening of

the M&E system, especially on surveillance and emergency response, which should

take into account climate parameters that greatly impact on disease prevalence and

control.

Page 160: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

129

The Philippine National AIDS Council‘s has developed an M&E system for AIDS, but

the 4th AIDS Medium Term Plan Report has noted difficulty in the system‘s operationalization

due to substantial resource requirements. At the provincial level, a non-health M&E system

was developed for a coastal resource management project in the island province of

Camiguin. The project‘s methodology for fish catch and water quality monitoring and results

analysis provide a useful model for implementing M&E systems at the local level. However,

substantial resource support was noted that could account for the relative success of the

system.

This activity also looked into the determination of the capacity of relevant government

entities at the national and provincial levels including the Department of Health and PAG-

ASA. The different surveillance and monitoring systems of the Department of Health, past

and present, were considered in determining the entry point for the M&E system to be

proposed.

These systems include the following: (1) Philippine Integrated Disease Surveillance

and Response (PIDSR); (2) Monitoring and Evaluation for Equity and Effectiveness (ME3)

through FOURmula One (F1); (3) National Epidemic Sentinel Surveillance System (NESSS);

(4) Field Health Service Information System (FHSIS); and (5) Health Emergency

Management Staff (HEMS). In addition, there is a Notifiable Disease Reporting System

(NDRS) that generates information on 17 diseases and 7 syndromes, the data from which is

used to generate morbidity rates; the Expanded Program on Immunization Surveillance

System (EPI Surveillance) that focuses on the monitoring of priority vaccine-preventable

diseases targeted for eradication and elimination namely: poliomyelitis, measles and

neonatal tetanus; and the HIV AIDS Registry program that keeps track of the number of

AIDS-HIV cases through a voluntary testing program.

With the incorporation of most of the above surveillance systems into PIDSR (as per

DOH Administrative Order 2007-0036 dated October 2007), the latter appears to be the

most appropriate for enhancement through the integration of climate change. PIDSR aims to

address the inefficiencies, redundancies, and duplication of efforts resulting from multiple

surveillance systems, which had resulted in extra costs and training requirements that had

kept some personnel unmotivated and overloaded.

The proposed M&E requires direct coordination with PAGASA and other forecasting

systems, for a more efficient decision-making process. The flow of information to the

government agencies and LGUs would then be supplemented with close coordination with

the DOH Central Office, the provincial offices, its hospitals, down to the rural health units and

Page 161: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

130

barangay health centers. Adaptation strategies on health that are suited and applicable to

the respective terrain and topography will be left for LGUs to decide upon, after being given

the list of appropriate and validated strategies from Activity 3 of this project.

Validation of the proposed CCA M&E framework and system for the health sector

A framework for the strategy to develop the climate change adaptation M&E system

for the health sector was initially developed. Following the round table discussion with

various stakeholders on April 15, 2010, the project team was advised by NEDA to limit the

M&E system to a form that will enhance existing M&E systems of the national and provincial

development planning processes for the health sector. Efforts to identify entry points to

integrate climate change into the M&E system in the health sector and in the national and

provincial development planning process has zeroed in on PIDSR.

The team has also identified the different principles that will underpin the

development of the M&E Strategy as follows:

It shall verify the effectiveness of the implementation of policies, programs, and

projects in terms of changes and/or improvements in the situation of target groups,

their behavior, application and utilization of skills, and how these changes can be

attributed to interventions such as technical assistance and management services

delivered by implementers.

The M&E system shall build on existing disease surveillance systems to collect

data for the selected diseases and for tracking temperature and rainfall

(precipitation) and should provide a mechanism for integrating, analyzing and

decision-making involving the two data sets.

The M&E system must be simple, provide quick results, be cost-effective and

operated in a manner that is both transparent and with clearly-defined

accountabilities and responsibilities.

The M&E system must be able to provide a mechanism to facilitate the systematic

communication and/or sharing of results across different levels, to include

decision-makers, implementers, and the general public, especially at the level of

the household, as well as for a feedback mechanism.

Page 162: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

131

The M&E system shall involve a minimum amount of relevant and practical

indicators.

The M&E system shall be subject to review every three years, and may be

modified subject to the lessons learned and to suit the needs of stakeholders.

The detailed implementation of the M&E strategy shall be described under M&E

operations plan, to be formulated and implemented on an annual basis by the

Department of Health.

The team has identified indicators for the M&E system that are relevant for national,

regional and provincial development planning processes in the health sector in relation to

Climate Change. It includes sensitive indicators categorized under several ―dashboard‖

indicators. The matrix is shown as Table 35.

Table 35 Climate Change M&E Dashboard Indicators

AREAS DASHBOARD INDICATORS

FIRST LEVEL

INDICATORS

SECOND LEVEL

INDICATORS

THIRD LEVEL INDICATORS

MONITORING LEVEL

(Barangay, Municipal, Provincial, National)

MONITORING FREQUENCY

(Daily, Weekly, Monthly,

Quarterly, Annually)

POSITION / AGENCY

I. Climate & Env’l Parameters

CLIMATE CHANGE EARLY WARNING

1 % increase beyond rainfall threshold

P D NDCC with PHO

1 degree increase above temperature threshold

P D NDCC with PHO

II. Public Health and Health Service Interventions

EARLY DISASTER RESPONSE

increase in public awareness (say additional 10% of population)

Community participation in disaster preparedness projects & activities

Implementation of adaptation strategies

M M RHU/ BHS

Functional disease surveillance system

Prevalence of diarrhea

Proper waste disposal: ---% of HH with sanitary toilets ---% of HH with clean source of water ---% of HH with proper garbage disposal

M,P W, M SI-RHU PHO

Page 163: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

132

AREAS DASHBOARD INDICATORS

FIRST LEVEL

INDICATORS

SECOND LEVEL

INDICATORS

THIRD LEVEL INDICATORS

MONITORING LEVEL

(Barangay, Municipal, Provincial, National)

MONITORING FREQUENCY

(Daily, Weekly, Monthly,

Quarterly, Annually)

POSITION / AGENCY

---% of establishments with sanitary permits

Number/% of (+) malarial smears

Active case finding: no. of probable cases

M,P W MHO-RHU PHO

Number/% of validated dengue cases

Active case finding: no. of probable cases

M,P W MHO-RHU PHO

Increased control of infectious disease

Incidence of diarrhea

Proper waste disposal:

% of HH with sanitary toilets

% of HH with clean source of water

% of HH with proper garbage disposal

% of Establishments with sanitary permits

Implementation of programs on integrated vector management

Implementation of decanting activities

M W SI-RHU

ACCESS TO PRIMARY HEALTH CARE

Increased diagnosis of malaria thru microscopy & rapid diagnostic test

Number/% of (+) malarial smears

Active case finding: No. of probable cases

M,P W,M MHO-RHU PHO

Increased treatment of malaria

% of malaria cases treated

Availability of 1st-line and 2nd-line drugs

M,P,N W,M MHO-RHU PHO DOH

Increased diagnosis of dengue cases

% of validated dengue cases

Active case finding: No. of probable cases

M,P W,M MHO-RHU PHO

Increased access to treatment of diarrhea

% of diarrheal cases treated

% of HH with sanitary toilets % of HH with clean source of water % of HH with proper garbage disposal % of Establishments

M,P W,M MHO-RHU PHO

Page 164: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

133

AREAS DASHBOARD INDICATORS

FIRST LEVEL

INDICATORS

SECOND LEVEL

INDICATORS

THIRD LEVEL INDICATORS

MONITORING LEVEL

(Barangay, Municipal, Provincial, National)

MONITORING FREQUENCY

(Daily, Weekly, Monthly,

Quarterly, Annually)

POSITION / AGENCY

with sanitary permits Nutritional status of under 5 children

III. Environmental and social determinants of health

ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND SAFETY

Integrated vector management

% of Provincial, city and municipal governments engaged in vector management

Existing and functional programs found in LGUs on integrated vector management

B,M,P Q CHO, PHO

Effective Sanitary Programs

% Increase in awareness on sanitary programs

% of HH with sanitary toilets % of HH with clean source of water % of HH with proper garbage disposal % of Establishments with sanitary permits % decrease in food and water borne diseases

B, M, P Q SI- RHU PHO

IV. Health System and Infrastructure

INTEGRATED NATIONAL PROGRAM ON CLIMATE CHANGE

Stakeholder engagement: Existing partnerships of DOH with other CC- related institutions (government and private) Presence of funding for the CC program at the national level

% of health facilities (hospitals, health centers, Barangay stations, clinics) with adaptation

Existing framework and plan Existing working groups on CC

Outputs to collaborative work and projects brought about by existing partnerships

N N

N

Q A

A

USEC- DOH DOH

NEDA

DOH

LGUs

Page 165: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

134

AREAS DASHBOARD INDICATORS

FIRST LEVEL

INDICATORS

SECOND LEVEL

INDICATORS

THIRD LEVEL INDICATORS

MONITORING LEVEL

(Barangay, Municipal, Provincial, National)

MONITORING FREQUENCY

(Daily, Weekly, Monthly,

Quarterly, Annually)

POSITION / AGENCY

programs and are emergency and disaster preparedness

CC RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

Research and development agenda % of funds/ grants in R&D for CC

Funds raised and utilized for collaborative projects on CC at national and provincial levels

% of research proposals funded

Outputs/ Completion of researches funded

N A

DOH CC related agencies

NEDA

Legend: B – Barangay; M – Municipal; P – Provincial; N – National; D – Daily; W – Weekly; M

– Monthly; Q – Quarterly; A - Annually

Organized into a matrix, the climate change M&E system/s being developed will

include a strategic action plan for mainstreaming the CC M&E into the national and

provincial development planning processes, which will entail the crafting of relevant updated

policies and regulations that take cognizance of the climate change impacts on health.

Previous to the RTD, it was deemed that the M&E framework/system for the health

sector to be workable, must have the following characteristics:

a. It should be user friendly;

b. It should allow participation of multi-agencies working in the health sector

including NGOs;

c. It should allow workability in any levels of governance in the health sector

from the field level to the central office; and

d. It should be cost effective.

Page 166: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

135

The DOH Central office, with its primary functions for policy and program

development, technical assistance, and training, is expected to lead in mandating the

inclusion of climate change M&E systems into its regional and local offices. This is critical for

mainstreaming the developed M&E framework which will be included in the mandates of the

LGUs and DOH. The system will be included into the policies, programs, and projects of

each locality. As such, financing will also come from the Local Government Units.

PIDSR as the Centerpiece of the Integrated M&E Framework

The framework of the proposed Health Sector Climate Change Monitoring and

Evaluation System is shown in Figure 26. The centerpiece is the conceptual framework for

the Philippine Integrated Disease Surveillance and Response System (PIDSR). PIDSR was

adopted by the Department of Health in 2007 through Department Administrative Order

2007-0036 that was signed on October 1, 2007 by then Health Secretary Francisco T.

Duque III.

The original PIDSR framework was formulated following assessments done in 2006

that showed the inadequacy of having several existing surveillance systems. Prior to the

implementation of PIDSR, there existed four major disease surveillance systems in the

Philippines. These were the following: (a) NDRS, FHSIS or Notifiable Disease Reporting

System of the Field Health Service Information System; (b) NESSS or National

Epidemic Sentinel Surveillance System; (c) EPISurv or Expanded Programme on

Immunization diseases targeted for eradication or, elimination Surveillance System;

and (d) IHBSS or Integrated HIV/AIDS Behavioural and Serologic Surveillance System.

Having multiple systems was found by the 2006 assessment as having contributed to

inefficient surveillance, ―characterized by redundancy and duplication of efforts, extra and

sometimes prohibitive costs, a demoralized health workforce, inaccurate and delayed

reporting, and ultimately unrealized health outcomes‖ (NEC-DOH, 2008).

The other driving force for the integration of disease surveillance systems in the

Philippines was the need for the country to meet its commitment as a member of the

international community, following the adoption on 23 May 2005 of the International Health

Regulations (2005) during the World Health Assembly, where the Philippines is a state party.

IHR 2005 required all state parties ―to carry out an assessment of public health events

arising in their territories‖ and ―then to notify WHO of all qualifying events within 24 hours of

such an assessment‖ (WHO, 2008). Aligning the country‘s disease surveillance and

response system with the requirements of IHR 2005 was needed in order for the Philippines

Page 167: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

136

to be consistent in its application of the assessment and notification requirements under IHR

2005. Consistency with IHR 2005 was deemed as ―crucial to ensure prompt communication

to WHO of those events which may need coordinated international public health assessment

and response‖ (WHO, 2008). In the light of global threats to public health such as SARS

and avian flu, and given the poor public health infrastructure in the Philippines, the country

could ill afford a disease surveillance and response system that was out of sync with the rest

of the world.

According to the PIDSR Manual of Operations (NEC-WHO, 2008), the PIDSR

framework is one that

“… embodies an integrated functional disease surveillance and

response system institutionalized from the national level down to the

community level. Each level of the health care delivery system interacts

with each other while performing their basic roles and responsibilities.

Standard case definitions to detect priority diseases are to be used in all

disease reporting units and a comprehensive flow of reporting is

adopted.”

ith PIDSR, the health sector has a surveillance system in place that enables early

detection, reporting, investigation, assessment, and prompt response to emerging diseases,

epidemics and other public health threats. By being integrated, PIDSR

―... emphasizes standardized nationwide preparation rather than ad hoc

reactions to outbreaks; it secures human and financial resources

needed to operate an on-going, effective system; monitors disease

outbreaks particularly at the local level; confirms diagnoses if necessary

through laboratory tests; reports outbreaks in a timely manner; responds

with the most effective public health intervention based on hard

evidence; takes action to prevent future outbreaks; and evaluates the

performance of both the intervention and the surveillance system itself.”

Health and relevant institutions that are responsible for taking appropriate action in

response to public health threats have been grouped into two: (a) local and (b) national

disease surveillance and response modules. The local module includes provincial, municipal

and city governments, health offices, hospitals, laboratories, surveillance units, ports and

airports, media, and the community itself. This module is tasked with providing immediate

response in the event of public health threats. The national disease surveillance and

response module consists of corresponding agencies/communities at the regional and

Page 168: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

137

national levels, with the Department of Health exercising overall leadership and providing

technical support at the national level.

The Epidemiology and Surveillance Units (ESUs) at the municipality, city, and

provincial levels were strengthened and when not yet existing, established to provide public

health surveillance and epidemiology services. Staffing of the local health offices was also

prescribed to ensure the presence of personnel responsible for surveillance. PIDSR-trained

disease surveillance coordinators were also designated by hospitals to be at the frontline of

disease notification, investigation and reporting. At the regional level, RESUs were

responsible for consolidating data from the provinces as well as to provide technical support.

Vital to PIDSR‘s effective functioning is the quality, accuracy and timeliness of

information as well as the existence of clearly-defined reporting and feedback systems for

communicating information. PIDSR has capacitated ESUs at the primary level to transform

data into useful information for front-line management, monitoring and measurement of

progress on local targets. Through PIDSR, information is transformed into evidence, which

when packaged, communicated and disseminated to decision-makers make them ―change

their understanding of the issues and needs‖ (NEC-DOH, 2008). Only when hard evidence is

available would public health action be taken, which insures that interventions made are the

appropriate responses to the threats to public health.

On top of PIDSR‘s framework is its goal of ―Healthier Communities,‖ which is

achieved through the reduction of mortality and morbidity by an institutionalized, functional,

integrated disease surveillance and response system nationwide. The objectives of PIDSR,

as enumerated in the Manual of Procedures (2008), are as follows:

1. To increase the number of LGUs able to perform disease surveillance

and response.

2. To enhance capacities at the national and regional levels to efficiently

and effectively manage and support local capacity development for

disease surveillance and response.

3. To increase utilization of disease surveillance data for decision making,

policy making, program management, planning and evaluation at all

levels.

Features of PIDSR in Relation to Climate Change

In formulating the M&E strategy for the health sector, the scope of work as

prescribed by the National Economic and Development Authority (NEDA) envisioned the

development of a new system and/or the enhancement of existing M&E system for national

Page 169: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

138

and provincial development planning processes. The team opted for the latter, and selected

to anchor the M&E system for climate change in the health sector on PIDSR.

PIDSR – its advantages for climate change M&E

The team took notice of the following advantages of PIDSR which firmed up the decision to

anchor the M&E for climate change in the health sector on this existing system:

1) Inclusion of the five notifiable diseases, namely malaria, dengue, cholera,

typhoid and leptospirosis, as targets for surveillance, under the category

―epidemic prone diseases.‖ With the project team‘s decision to focus on the

five notifiable diseases, it was deemed important to use an M&E system that

keeps track of these highly infectious, climate-sensitive diseases.

Providentially, PIDSR has included them as targets for surveillance; thus,

PIDSR affords an avenue in which the proposed monitoring system on the

impacts of climate change on the five selected diseases can easily be

configured.

2) PIDSR lends itself to early detection and response to epidemics. In view of

the anticipated climate change impacts on health, which would assume

epidemic proportions under business-as-usual scenarios, the capacity of

PIDSR for early detection and response would be harnessed to address

abnormally frequent disease occurrences and other emergency health

situations borne by climate change.

3) PIDSR strengthened local capacity for surveillance and response.

Vulnerabilities to climate change encompass the entire spectrum of society,

but the degree varies depending on a number of factors. Vulnerabilities at the

local levels, especially in resource-poor communities, are most likely to be

high. This necessitates the ability to make localized decisions based on

relevant and timely information and to intervene when necessary to avert

projected disaster situations. With increasing human health risks attributable

to climate change, the importance of having a local-level M&E system that is

linked to the national level system for immediate support, cannot be over-

emphasized.

4) Integrated response to epidemics and other public health threats. The

impacts of climate change on health will most likely be brought about by the

interplay of factors that will influence the severity and scope of disease

occurrences and the lingering effects of disasters. Under such conditions,

piecemeal approaches to respond to public health threats would produce

Page 170: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

139

negligible and short-lived results. Having an integrated system may afford

holistic solutions that will be more effective in the long term.

5) Open lines of communication are established at all levels. Actions at all

levels, from the disease reporting units up to the national planners and

decision-makers, that are designed to respond to climate change, will

invariably require timely and reliable information from many sources. An

institutionalized communication system that allows free exchange of

information is critical to the success of interventions designed to reduce

vulnerabilities to climate change, particularly during extreme weather events

and occurrences of climate-related disasters.

6) PIDSR uses the latest in information technology for the reporting and

dissemination of information. This augurs well for quick data consolidation,

analysis and interpretation which are necessary inputs for prompt disaster

response and real-time decision-making. Correlation with climatic data is also

made a lot easier.

Limitations of PIDSR in relation to climate change

Despite its advantages, PIDSR in its present form cannot yet be fully adopted without

modification due to some inherent limitations. The following are some of the features which

are specific to the diseases that may limit PIDSR‘s usefulness as an M&E system on climate

change in relation to health:

1. Dengue and malaria:

All indicators used to monitor dengue and malaria are medical signs and symptoms.

No environmental data are collected to predict and confirm dengue and malaria cases.

2. Leptospirosis:

The indicators used to monitor leptospirosis cases include medical signs and

symptoms as well as exposure to infected animals or an environment contaminated with

animal urine (e.g., wading in flood waters, rice fields, and drainage). The climate change-

related indicator used is only precipitation. Temperature and relative humidity are not

considered.

3. Cholera:

The indicators used to monitor cholera are cases of dehydration and acute watery

diarrhea to track the history of cholera epidemicity in an area. No environment or climate

Page 171: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

140

change-related indicators are being monitored to be used as tool in predicting and/or

anticipating suspected cholera cases.

Proposed Modifications to PIDSR to make it Climate Change Compliant

As mentioned in the foregoing discussions, the proposed M&E framework is anchored on an

existing M&E framework in the Health sector which is PIDSR. However, as can be seen in

Error! Reference source not found., the project team is proposing that PIDSR be modified to

reflect the importance of periodic assessments of vulnerabilities and the monitoring of

adaptation systems in the light of climate change. It is strategic for the proposed M&E

framework to be linked to the frameworks for these activities as well.

A common understanding of the meaning of vulnerability and adaptation is important. Hence,

the following definitions of these and other related terms have been adopted, both from the

IPCC report and the Climate Change Act of 2009 (GEF, 2008; Climate Change Act of 2009):

Vulnerability is the degree to which a system is susceptible to, or unable to cope with,

adverse effects of climate change, including variability and extremes. It is a function of the

character, magnitude, and rate of climate change and variation to which a system is

exposed, its sensitivity, and its adaptive capacity.

Adaptive capacity is the ability of a system to adjust to climate change (including climate

variability and extremes) to moderate potential damages, to take advantage of opportunities,

or to cope with the consequences.

Adaptation refers to adjustments in natural or human systems in response to actual or

expected climatic stimuli or their effects that moderates harm or exploits beneficial

opportunities.

As per IPCC, various kinds of adaptation can be distinguished as follows:

Anticipatory adaptation – Adaptation that takes place before impacts of climate

change are observed. This is also referred to as proactive adaptation.

Autonomous adaptation – Adaptation that does not constitute a conscious response

to climatic stimuli but is triggered by ecological changes in natural systems and by

market or welfare changes in human systems. This is also referred to as spontaneous

adaptation.

Page 172: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

141

Planned adaptation – Adaptation that is the result of a deliberate policy decision,

based on awareness that conditions have changed or are about to change and that

action is required to return to, maintain, or achieve a desired state.

GEF (2008) further qualified that climate change impact or vulnerability assessment is ex-

ante evaluation which should be distinguished from monitoring and evaluation of adaptation

interventions which is ex-post evaluation in nature.

Vulnerability assessment and its link to the M&E framework

On the left hand panel of the proposed M&E framework is the abridged vulnerability

framework (described in great detail in other parts of the report). It is sufficient to mention the

following main points on the methodology used and the significance of the framework vis a

vis the overall M&E for climate change. As mentioned in the foregoing section, assessing

vulnerabilities is an ex ante analysis, which for the health sector means being able to

measure susceptibility to diseases, determining potential causes that contribute to more

prevalent disease spread, and identifying weaknesses in the health system that can further

deteriorate due to climate change.

The starting point for defining vulnerability relative to the five climate-sensitive

diseases was the epidemiological triad which consists of host, pathogen and environment,

and what contributes to these factors.

Relative to host as a factor, the contributors to this component of the triad have been

broken down to individual and family and/or community related factors. Individual

vulnerabilities can be determined from the following: (a) standard of living, (b) disease

reservoir or the current level of infection, (c) genetic make-up, and (c) personal habits.

Determinants of family community vulnerability include: (a) population density and growth,

(b) unemployment and poverty levels, as well as (c) migration patterns and degree of

urbanization.

On the aspect of pathogen as a factor, the following are deemed as contributory

causes: (a) microbe replication and movement, (b) vector reproduction and movement, (c)

microbe and vector evolution, (d) feeding frequency and longevity, and (e) habitat formation.

Vulnerabilities arising from the environment may be derived from contributions from

the following: (a) the state of watersheds and forest cover, (b) loss of biodiversity, (c) access

to safe water, (d) occurrence of flash floods, and (e) other factors such as sanitation, solid

waste management, agricultural production and government policies and regulations that

impact on human settlements, land use and zoning.

Page 173: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

142

Finally, it is also important to know how the health system (including health

infrastructure, quality, and access to health care) and health policy and regulations are

making an impact on the vulnerabilities of individuals and communities relative to the five

diseases.

Apart from the disease-related vulnerabilities that emanate from the epidemiological

triad associated with each of the five (5) climate-sensitive diseases, the country‘s

vulnerability associated with the occurrence of tropical cyclone is ranked highest in the

world, and third in terms of people exposed to such seasonal event (CCC, 2010). On

average, twenty (20) typhoons hit the country each year. El Niño droughts and La Niña

flooding have been triggered by extreme climate variability. Erosible soils along

steep/unstable mountain slopes, degraded forests and watersheds, unplanned settlements,

combine with geologic/seismic dangers to put communities and individuals more prone to

climate-related disaster risks.

It will be instructive to mention that the Vulnerability and Adaptation (V&A)

Assessment Toolkit published by the Philippine Rural Reconstruction Movement under the

Second National Communication on Climate Change (2009), identified the following

communities as vulnerable to the effects of climate change on health: (a) far-flung barangays

(mountainous or coastal); (b) populations that have least access to health services and are

in congested/dense urban slum areas; (c) those in areas that are endemic to climate-

sensitive diseases, e.g., malaria, coupled with ―bad‖ health system; and (d) those that are

culturally challenging, i.e., resistant to health education or change in their behavior towards

health, brought about by culture or beliefs.

Adaptation strategies and relationship with the M&E framework

On the right hand panel of the M&E framework can be seen the abridged framework

for the proposed adaptation strategies for the health sector. It should be readily apparent

that the different categories of proposed adaptation strategies correspond with the identified

vulnerabilities in the health sector relative to climate change. The evaluation of adaptation

interventions takes the form of an ex post analysis, which means that what is going to be

measured is the effectiveness of the proposed strategies in bringing about an improved

capacity of individual and communities to weather the effects of climate change. It should be

evident that strategies that result in improved adaptive capacity actually reduce

vulnerabilities in the long term.

Although presented in separate boxes in the framework, the assessment of

vulnerability and the formulation of adaptation strategies are best undertaken following a

Page 174: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

143

continuum that enables the use of the results of vulnerability assessments as inputs for

decisions vis a vis adaptation practices. This relationship is shown in the following matrix

table which outlines the steps in V&A assessment in the health sector using climate sensitive

diseases as the identified vulnerability (PRRM, 2009):

Table 36 Matrix showing the Climate Change and Health V&A Assessment Flowchart

Climate Change and Health V&A Assessment Flowchart

Step 1 Identify/Screen

health vulnerability in area/community

Step 2 Conduct analysis

(Quantitative/Qualitative)

Step 3 Identify action to be

taken

Step 4 Evaluate and

feedback

■ Presence of diseases (determine climate sensitivity/consider epidemic potential)

►Consider number

of cases, occurrence of disease

■ Utilize sentinel sites NESSS/MET for weather parameters

■ Focused group discussions/KII

■ Preventive (adaptation) over curative (mitigation) parameters

■ Prioritize measures ○ Efficiency vs.

Effectiveness ○ Cost/timeframe

►i.e., information drives/mass screening, smearing for febrile people, fast lane for Dengue

■ Policy formulation for health impacts – climate change compliance/resilience

■ Utilize statistical analysis and correlate adaptation measure

■ Identify indicators of success (intermediate and long-term)

■ Refine flowchart to incorporate other factors (i.e., socio-economic)

■ Availability of response mechanisms

► Health infrastructure (human and financial/infra – health centers/hospitals

■ Occurrence of extreme weather events (quantity and quality)

Note: adapted from: Philippine Rural Reconstruction Movement (PRRM). 2009. Vulnerability and Adaptation Assessment Toolkit. Philippines Second National Communication on Climate Change

Principles of climate change M&E for the health sector

The team has identified the different principles that underpin the development of the M&E

Strategy as follows:

Page 175: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

144

• It shall verify the effectiveness of the implementation of policies, programs, and projects

in terms of changes and/or improvements in the situation of target groups, their behavior,

application and utilization of skills, and how these changes can be attributed to interventions

such as technical assistance and management services delivered by implementers.

• The M&E system shall build on existing disease surveillance systems to collect data

for the selected diseases and for tracking temperature and rainfall (precipitation) and

should provide a mechanism for integrating, analyzing and decision-making involving

the two data sets.

• The M&E system must be simple, provide quick results, be cost-effective and

operated in a manner that is both transparent and with clearly-defined

accountabilities and responsibilities.

• The M&E system must be able to provide a mechanism to facilitate the systematic

communication and/or sharing of results across different levels, to include decision-

makers, implementers, and the general public, especially at the level of the

household, as well as for a feedback mechanism.

• The M&E system shall involve a minimum amount of relevant and practical

indicators.

• The M&E system shall be subject to review every three years, and may be modified

to take into account the lessons learned and to make it more attuned to the needs of

stakeholders.

• The detailed implementation of the M&E strategy shall be described under M&E

operations plan, to be formulated and implemented on an annual basis by the

Department of Health.

This proposed set of principles is summarized in matrix format, as shown in Table 37, for the

purpose of assigning responsibility centers, identifying appropriate tools, and listing of

relevant indicators that will insure that each of these principles are observed/met in the

implementation of the M&E framework.

Page 176: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

145

Table 37 Matrix table showing the monitoring and evaluation principles, responsible actors and levels, relevant tools and indicators to be collected

Monitoring and Evaluation

Principles Actors / Levels

Tools Indicators Collected Indicators to be

added

A. Tracking of Implementation of Policy, Programs and Projects

Policy: DOH Field level effectiveness: RHUs, local governments

PIDSR aggregate report incorporated into the Field Health Service Information System (FHSIS) annual morbidity report

Health status statistics, health services coverage, notifiable diseases

Environment / climate indicators

B. Build on Existing Surveillance System by Integrating Environmental Data Collection

Enabling policy: DOH & DOST Data analysis: National, regional and provincial Health Offices

Yearly report showing correlations between notifiable diseases and environmental factors

Same as above Correlation statistics

Capacity building needs on data analysis at different levels

C. Promote transparency and demonstrate clearly-defined accountabilities and responsibilities.

Enabling policy: DOH Field level application: Regional, Provincial, City and Municipal levels

Yearly summaries that can be readily attributed to weekly, monthly, and quarterly reports

Health systems statistics

PAGASA providing data services on climate parameters to health system operators

D. Systematic communication and/or sharing of results across different levels.

ALL levels Reports, bulletins, press releases, radio broadcasts

Capacity building strategies for personnel of DRUs/ESUs; Availability of communication systems

Contact details of relevant media outlets and of health offices in various levels

E. Prudent selection of relevant and practical indicators

DOH, NDCC and Related Agencies

DAOs and other related policy issuances

Measures of usefulness of indicators

F. Systematic review and development of the M&E system every 3 years

Enabling policy: DOH Inputs for system modification: All levels

M&E framework for the health sector

Results of periodic assessments

G. M&E operations plan formulation and implementation

DOH: for integration into overall DOH annual operations plan

DOH annual operations plan

Budget for M&E

The above principles complement the guiding principles of PIDSR as contained in DAO

2007-0036. The M&E framework on climate change for the health sector upholds the

leadership of the DOH and is supportive of the agency‘s goal of attaining a more responsive

health system for the country. The proposed M&E principles are also in agreement with the

Page 177: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

146

spirit of decentralization with the strengthened recognition of the roles of local governments

on matters pertaining to health. It also aims to be compatible with the 2005 IHR surveillance

and response standards. It is designed to be useful and flexible, adopts the principle of

partnership and shared responsibility, maintains privacy and confidentiality of patients‘

information, and will continue to demand professionalism and high ethical standards among

public health workers.

Information needs and M&E strategy at different levels

National level

Information needs and uses

• The Department of Health will benefit from information on how the impact of climate

change on the five (5) climate-sensitive diseases is influenced by policies and programs

that are planned, designed and coordinated at the national level. In turn, the information

will serve as inputs to modify, adjust or enhance government policies and programs, as

well as those of partner institutions. Likewise, information from M&E will be useful in

allocating DOH‘s resources and in directing potential partners to areas where support

and assistance are needed. M&E information will also result in a better understanding of

the factors that contribute to success or failure of interventions, and in ensuring the

sustainability of achieving desired results for an extended time period. Finally, M&E will

provide information on capacity strengthening requirements at all levels of

implementation, which the national level agency (DOH) can use in negotiating with

global donors.

M&E strategy

• The Department of Health (DOH) shall perform leadership and coordination roles in the

implementation of the M&E strategy. It shall establish and maintain its linkage with the

Department of Science of Technology (DOST), through the Philippine Atmospheric,

Geophysical and Astronomical Services Administration (PAGASA), which ―provides

flood and typhoon warnings, public weather forecasts and advisories, and other

specialized information and services primarily for the protection of life and property and

in support of economic, productivity and sustainable development.‖ DOH shall also

coordinate with the National Disaster Coordinating Council (NDCC), being the

President‘s adviser on disaster preparedness programs, disaster operations and

rehabilitation efforts undertaken by the government and the private sector. NDCC acts

Page 178: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

147

as the top coordinator of all disaster management efforts in the country. It also serves

as the highest allocator of resources to support local Disaster Coordinating Council

(DCC) efforts.

Local levels

Information Needs and Uses

Local government units (LGUs) and district/provincial hospitals will benefit from

information that will enable them to assess impact of climate on disease occurrence at

the local level, and to measure effectiveness of adaptation measures as well as to make

decisions which to employ given local situations. In the case of impending climate

extremes such as flooding, LGUs should be able to immediately provide localized

responses and harness local partners to undertake the issuance of early warning

systems, direct rescue operations, mobilize resources for containment of vectors, and to

track movement of people affected by diseases so as to limit their spread and reach.

M&E information shall enable LGUs to identify the weaknesses of data gathering

systems, data quality and reliability that will be used as the basis for M&E system

improvement, and of human resources (individual households, community members

and health service providers) and institutional capacity building needs.

M&E strategy

M&E should build on existing systems, and should be based on available local

resources and capacity, but enhanced through the setting up of coordination

mechanisms with local weather stations, local radio stations and other mass media

communication systems, and with clearly defined roles and timeframes in terms of data

analysis, decision-making, and reporting mechanisms. The M&E system shall empower

households and communities to implement measures for disease prevention and control

and/or to minimize effects of extreme climate conditions when given clear and timely

warning signals from LGUs. It should be linked with local disaster coordinating councils

(at the level of the provinces, cities and municipalities, and barangays) on disaster

preparedness and mitigation efforts.

Indicators for the proposed M&E framework

Indicators are vital in measuring the effectiveness of climate change adaptation

interventions. Dashboard indicators are the ultimate measures of four domains in the

Monitoring and Evaluation matrix (Climate and Environmental Parameters, Public Health and

Page 179: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

148

Health Service Interventions, Environmental and Social Determinants of Health, and Health

System and Infrastructure). Contributing to the attainment of dashboard indicators are the

1st, 2nd and 3rd level indicators. Based on the matrix, most of the indicators measured at the

level of the community are 1st level indicators. The matrix is composed of eight sections

and these include:

Domains

Dashboard indicators

3rd level indicators or outcome indictors

2nd level indicators or output indicators

1st level indicators or objective indicators

Level and frequency of monitoring

Position or agency responsible

Source of information

The M&E matrix/ table contains different indicators for various stakeholders such as

PAGASA, DOH and provincial and municipal LGUs as indicated in the ―position or agency

responsible‖ part of the matrix. First level indicators are the most basic of the 4 indicators

and are first accomplished before 2nd level indicators can be attained. Second level

indicators, on the other hand, contribute to the attainment of 3rd level indicators. Third

level indicators also contribute to the description and attainment of the Dashboard

indicators. Dashboard indicators are the final measures of overall attainment of the M&E

domains.

In the M&E matrix, Indicators are read from right to left of the matrix or from 1st level

indicators to dashboard indicators. Note that some of the indicators should be 1) routinely

collected and such should be adopted and institutionalized by responsible agencies and 2)

there are those that are collected once. Specifically, the Planning Team needs to:

1. Commit to the monitoring and evaluation of indicators. Commitment may

be done through an ordinance or resolution or administrative order.

2. Review and identify M&E areas or domains based on the matrix. The

team must be able to assess which of the M&E domains have already been

established or have some accomplishments and which are relatively new.

3. Identify persons responsible for the monitoring and evaluation.

Because the domains and indicators are many, it is proposed that a team be

created to comprise people who will be responsible for implementing the

M&E. While there will be persons collecting information at the level of the

Page 180: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

149

community such as those doing the work and are familiar with the M&E

indicator and how the information for these indicators will be collected, a

team responsible for overseeing the implementation of the M&E is essential.

4. With the use of the CC ME matrix, identify the indicators that will apply

or that you will need to collect to your level.

5. To adopt the ME matrix, identify indicators in the matrix that is already

routinely collected at your level.

6. Because there is a hierarchy of indicators, adopt and institutionalize those

that you still do not have and classify them according to whether they will be

routinely collected or not. To accomplish nos. 4-6, it will be helpful to use a

table or checklist in summarizing the information.

CC M/E

Domains

and

Indicators

With

data

Without

data

Method of

collection for

indicators

without data

that is

regularly

collected

Frequency

of

collection

(daily,

monthly,

quarterly, bi-

annually and

annually)

Means of

data

collection

Persons or

sub-teams

responsible

for

collecting

data

Partner

agencies for

data

collection

(government

or private

sector

groups)

1. Identify mechanisms by which information/ data can be collected (see last

column of the table). Indicators may measure specific change in behavior or

attainment of specific activities or interventions. Examples include:

o Routine survey of sampled households in the community (HH are

sampled especially if it concerns the whole province or a group of

provinces). Examples of indicator data that can be collected through this

method include (see matrix):

Compliance to program IECs e.g. 4 o‘clock habit (dengue); water

disinfection and hand-washing (cholera and typhoid); Use of

treated bed nets (malaria)

% of HH with sanitary toilets

% of HH with proper garbage disposal

% of HH with SAFE source of water

% of Establishments with sanitary permits

# of live larvae found in selected households (Breteau index)

Page 181: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

150

o Routine survey of community environment through the use of an

observation checklist. Examples of data that can be collected through this

method include (see matrix):

Low lying areas; Presence of areas with stagnant/ swampy water

in the municipality/ city

Flooded areas in the community

o Review of routinely collected information at the Rural Health Unit or

Health Center and identification indicators can be used for climate

change. Examples of indicator data that can be collected through this

method include (see matrix):

#/% confirmed dengue cases

#/% confirmed leptospirosis

# of probable cases of malaria

# of probable dengue cases

# of deaths due to malaria disaggregated by age and sex

Availability of 1st-line and 2nd-line drugs for malaria, leptospirosis,

cholera, dengue

% of Fully Immunized Children (FIC)

% exclusively breastfed children until 6 months

o Collection of records or documents at the LGU, DOH and DOST-PAGASA

levels that specify that the indicator has been achieved. Such may be IEC

(information, education and communication) materials, memorandum of

understanding or agreement, written guidelines, ordinances/ resolutions

or other forms of policy instruments, plans, project reports, budgets and

meeting minutes. Examples data that can be collected through this

method include (see matrix):

MOA among PAGASA/ local synaptic station, DOH and NDCC/

PDCC/MDCC

Trained PAGASA and LGU HR on local data analysis

Timely weather related information/ trends/ warnings shared by

PAGASA to DOH and NDCC and LGUs through PDCC

Daily weather forecast information provided by PAGASA and

shared with DOH and NDCC and LGUs through PDCC

PAGASA data used by LGU for planning for early response

# of capacity building seminars at LGU level on health

emergencies and early response and adaptation

Page 182: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

151

% of LGU projects and activities funded and implemented on early

response and adaptation, health emergency preparedness

projects and activities

Presence of an adaptation plan/ strategy at the level of the

barangay

PIDSR data analyzed with PAGASA data

Trained NEC- DOH and PAGASA HR to analyze and interpret

data

DOH Surveillance teams launched to investigate outbreak or

health emergency situations

Appropriate LGU response to outbreak or health emergency

DOH policy on integrated vector management enacted

Existing and functional programs found in LGUs on integrated

vector management

National and local CC framework and implementation plan

# of R&D CC project proposals submitted by LGUs and institutions

to DOH

Congressional bill (PNHRS) for CC and health research funding

passed; Continuous sourcing out funds from international

community

2. For each, remember to determine the regularity of data collection per

indicator and the persons responsible. Persons or sub-teams responsible for

collecting data are very important.

3. While it is important to identify M/E indicators at your level, it is also

essential to identify data will that other agencies will contribute to your

indicators. Coordination and collaboration with these agencies are necessary.

There is also a need to identify data that will be collected with the help of other

agencies in government or in the private sector.

4. Determine the need for new data collection tools and design them. For new

data that will need to be collected. It is recommended that a technical working

group be formed to work on the data collection tools or forms.

5. Determine the process of reporting through the DOH PISDR.

6. Determine human resource capacity/ capability in collecting data, recording

and reporting. CC capacity building training may be necessary to develop skills

in collecting, recording and reporting new information/ data. Training proposals

for funding can be developed to address capacity gaps.

Page 183: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

152

Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR

Current reporting arrangements/flow of information and responsibilities at various levels

As per PIDSR Manual of Procedures (2007), the existing reporting system starts from the

local/municipal/city level and goes up to the national level through a number of steps that

involves the provincial and regional levels. Each level and the units involved have clearly-

defined and specified functions, and the flow of information between and among these

bodies is shown in Figure 27.

Page 184: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

153

Modified PIDSR Reporting and Response System Flow Chart w/ Climate Change

Municipal or City Gov’t.

Community Barangay

Gov’t & Priv.Hospitals

Gov’t & Priv. Laboratories

Ports & Airports

RHUs

CHOsPHOs

CHDs

NECHEMsOther

gov‘t

agencies

NCDPC

Disease reporting units

-Submit reports of

cases

- Local governments

evaluate site-specific

adaptation strategies

with Health service

providers

Provincial Gov’t

- Provide disaster

& calamity funds

-Collect, organize,

analyze & interpret

surveillance data

- Assess reported

epidemics

- Submit report to higher

bodies

- Evaluate provincial

climate change

adaptation strategies

with provincial LGU

-Assess reported

epidemics

- Assist in local epidemics

investigation & control

- Submit weekly notifiable

disease SR

- Evaluate regional

climate change

adaptation strategies

-Update technical

assistance &

recommendation

- Recognition, prevention &

control of diseases

-Assess all reported epidemics

- Provide direct operational link

- Implement integrated national

epidemic & preparedness plan

- Facilitate budget allocation for

surveillance & response

-Support thru specialized staff &

logistical assistance during

epidemic investigation &

response

- Evaluate national Climate

Change adaptation strategies

-Act as coordinating unit &

operations center for all

health emergencies &

disasters & incidents with

potential of becoming an

emergency

- Adjust emergency

responses based on

climate-related

information

Local Weather

Stations

- Provide weather

data during

extreme weather

events

PAGASA

- Provide

updated climate

data

Health and climate change impact

models

(It is assumed that organizations/units at all levels

implement site-specific adaptation strategies)

Figure 27 Proposed modification of PIDSR reporting system in the light of Climate

Change

Page 185: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

154

IV. CONCLUSIONS

A Vulnerability and Adaptation Impact Assessment Framework for the health sector

was devised for this project and grounded the results and outputs of the study. The research

team utilized this framework to test the other deliverables of the study and found that the

framework works.

The categories of vulnerabilities that were culled from the review of literature and the

round table discussion provided focus and specificity to the vulnerability assessment and

adaptation documentation. Hence the team deems it is safe to be recommended for use in

the country. While utilizable, the team avers that the framework can still be refined through

pilot tests of the framework and its parts in different areas of the country and for various

usages.

The following section provides more specific conclusions from the applications of the

vulnerability assessment models that were derived in the project.

1. Disease impact models for dengue, malaria, and cholera were developed out of available

data from the NCR and PHOs of Palawan, Pangasinan and Rizal. The robustness of the

models depends on the accuracy of the health and climate data measurements or

estimations. Leptospirosis and typhoid impact models were not formulated due to

inadequate data. Disease impacts for 2020 and 2050 were conducted using the

projection models that passed the statistical screening process. Refinements of the

models may be done as additional data on health and climate change are made

available.

2. Assessment and evaluation of health data showed purely medical-related data and no

climate change data. This was a major problem. A remedial measure adopted was to

match climate change data from PAGASA in the NCR, Palawan, Pangasinan and Rizal.

The health data were also found incomplete in leptospirosis and typhoid. Also, disease

cases were not available in Palawan, Pangasinan and Rizal. This could be due to lack of

real disease occurrence or with disease occurrence but no documentation. Likewise, in

NCR, only disease cases were available.

The Time Series Analysis also provided important insights into the climate change

and impact assessments:

Page 186: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

155

3. Consistent results that the observed minimum temperatures for the current month

provide the most significant positive contributions to the model to predict the number of

dengue cases for any month of observation.

4. A peak of dengue incidence occurs thereafter in about a month after the start of

the increase of cases. This coincides with the years when a surge of cases was

experienced in NCR (as was mentioned previously: 1996, 1998, 2001, 2005 and

2006). (This is evident as crests of maximum temperature seem to frequently

transpire a little earlier compared to the peaks of minimum temperature. This

would be consistent with the lack of significance in estimates for dengue cases

based on maximum temperature.)

Economic impact analyses were accomplished for dengue and malaria. Other

diseases such as leptospirosis, cholera, and typhoid were not covered in the economic

analysis due to lack of data. Rizal was not also covered because of lack of both climate

change and economic data on the selected diseases.

5. The results in NCR and Palawan indicate that malaria and dengue in 2020 would require

about 1% of its annual income for the diagnoses and treatments of malaria and dengue.

In 2050, the allocation for funding for the same diseases would reach no less than 2% of

the provincial income.

6. However, Pangasinan in 2020 would need about 18% of its income only for diagnoses

and treatments of malaria and dengue. In 2050, the budget requirement for both

diseases would be reduced to 4% owing to the reduced number of malaria and dengue

cases, which is not attributed to preventive measures that would be implemented, but to

the changes in the climate indicators. Such climate change nonetheless, may be good

from the point of view of reducing disease occurrence.

7. Considering the five diseases for budgeting purposes, the provincial government may

allocate in the future roughly a total of 2.5% of the income of Palawan in 2020 and 5% in

2050 assuming that the average cost requirement of each disease would more or less be

the same with malaria and or dengue. On the other hand, Pangasinan would allocate

roughly 45% of its income in 2020 to address the five diseases and 20% in 2050.

8. Considering the substantial savings that could be generated from applying preventive

measures, the two provincial governments may consider investing on financing

Page 187: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

156

preventive measures to lessen the cost impacts of the diseases, thus lessen the burden

of the provincial governments in addressing these diseases.

9. Provincial and municipal governments should not wait for the diseases to reach epidemic

levels before they address the malaria and dengue outbreaks as well as other diseases

that would emerge and be aggravated by climate change conditions. It is most certainly

beneficial to prevent disease outbreaks before they even emerge.

10. Applying effective preventive measures against dengue would result in significant

savings on the part of the provincial government in the amounts of PhP 10.9 M in 2020

and PhP 31.69 M in 2050.

Page 188: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

157

V. RECOMMENDATIONS

1. The most critical recommendation that this study provides is that there is a need to

improve the data bases and information systems that feeds into climate change

vulnerability and adaptation assessment for the health sector. Currently, there are no

linked data between health outcomes and meteorological information. Timely disease

surveillance and case finding may be triggered by accurate weather and climate

information that should be provided to health and LGU managers at all levels.

Governments should engage more actively with the scientific community, who in

turn must be supported to provide easily accessible climate risk information.

Climate risk information should put current and future climate in the perspective of

national development priorities.

Information needs of different actors should be considered and communication

tailored more specifically to users, including the development community

2. Another major recommendation is to create systems to strengthen mainstreaming

adaptation within existing poverty alleviation policy frameworks. There is a lack of

research on the extent to which climate change, and environmental issues more broadly,

have been integrated within national policy and planning frameworks. National

Adaptation Programmes of Action or NAPA was a project funded by the Least

Development Countries Fund (LDC Fund) and commissioned by the UNFCCC to the 48

least developed countries need to be utilized for this purpose.

This is critical. Examples of efforts from Sri Lanka, Bangladesh, Tanzania, Uganda,

Sudan, Mexico and Kenya are presented, highlighting a number of key issues relating to

current experiences of integrating climate change into poverty reduction efforts (IDS, 2006).

As previously discussed climate change stakeholders at all levels are increasingly

engaging with the question of how to tackle the impacts of climate change on development

in poorer nations. There are growing efforts to reduce negative impacts and seize

opportunities by integrating climate change adaptation into development planning,

programmes and budgeting, a process known as mainstreaming. Such a coordinated,

integrated approach to adaptation is imperative in order to deal with the scale and urgency of

dealing with climate change impacts (IDS, 2006).

Page 189: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

158

In developed countries progress on mainstreaming climate adaptation has been

limited. Many countries have carried out climate change projections and impact

assessments, but few have started consultation processes to look at adaptation options and

identify policy responses.

Experiences so far highlight a number of barriers and opportunities to mainstreaming

climate change adaptation in developing countries. These are focused around information,

institutions, inclusion, incentives and international finance, and result in a number of

recommendations for national governments and donors.

In the context of climate change, mainstreaming implies that awareness of climate

impacts and associated measures to address these impacts, are integrated into the existing

and future policies and plans of developing countries, as well as multilateral institutions,

donor agencies, and NGOs.

Developing countries, despite having contributed least to greenhouse gas emissions,

are likely to be the most affected by climate change because they lack the institutional,

economic, and financial capacity to cope with the multiple impacts.

Poorer developing countries are at risk as they are more reliant on agriculture, more

vulnerable to coastal and water resource change, and have less financial, technical, and

institutional capacity to adapt.

Under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, countries have

to report on steps they are taking to address climate change (mitigation) and its adverse

impacts (adaptation). Submitted reports are called National Communications and the

chapters on adaptation contain information on baseline conditions and their linkages, which

might include climate-related disaster effects and response capabilities, population, food

security and agriculture, climate and health, environmental problems, and financial services

available for management of climate risks.

The following section provides more detailed recommendations for specific research

outputs:

On Impact modeling

For better disease impact modeling, the following are strongly recommended:

1. Improve existing database on health and climate change through standardization of

health and climate change data monitoring forms and that data gathering should be

localized. Since the occurrences of diseases are localized and climate change variations

Page 190: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

159

are also localized, there is a need to strengthen the PHO and LGU in each province on

health and climate change indicators monitoring, modeling, and analysis. The reason for

this is to enable the health sector for immediate response to address climate change

health-related problems without waiting decisions from the national level.

2. Basic weather instrumentation set up containing rain gauge, thermometer, evaporation

pan, relative humidity measurer, wind velocity meter may be funded out of the IRAs of

each of the provinces and may be installed in the municipalities. This is important to

capacitate the municipal LGUs and provincial PHOs on health and climate change

concerns so that immediate adaptation measures can be implemented right where the

problems are.

3. Intensify research on the environmental habitat of disease vectors including the climate

change conditions favoring their growth and their life cycles. Determine to what extent

does the vector live and in what conditions. Identify the types of vector, where they are

and estimate vector population so that proper strategies to control their spread may be

implemented without waiting for an outbreak. Knowing the vulnerable areas by barangay

would be a significant step in controlling diseases. In modeling, there is a need to include

environmental variables that favor the occurrences of disease vectors and their

population in addition to the climatic factors

4. Vulnerability assessment at the barangay level should be mapped for effective

implementation of adaptation measures.

5. The models are not advisable for national application due to differences in the

environmental conditions and climatic change factors in each of the provinces. Averaging

provincial data would result in substantial discrepancies between predicted values and

actual disease observations due to substantial inter-provincial variations on climatic and

environmental conditions. The only remedy is for each province to develop its own

impact models for climate change-sensitive diseases.

6. In order to address the threats of the climate change-related diseases, preventive

measures were recommended for implementation for malaria and dengue control. Thus,

the provincial governments are encouraged to fund such preventive measures to restrict

the possible spread of the diseases. The effective implementation of the preventive

measures will result in substantial savings from the income of the provincial government.

Page 191: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

160

Other recommendations that would help the provincial governments to become more

responsive in addressing the threats of climate change-related diseases include the

following:

7. Conduct of studies on economic impacts of other climate change-related diseases such

as leptospirosis, cholera, and typhoid in Palawan and Pangasinan.

8. Conduct of studies of economic impacts of malaria, dengue, leptospirosis, cholera, and

typhoid in Rizal Province and other provinces that are vulnerable to climate change.

9. Pursue studies on the costs of other adaptation measures on health to minimize or

control the impacts of climate change-related diseases.

Recommendations from time Series Analysis

10. Regarding the generalizability of the results of the models developed, though the data

analysis had solely used data from cities of NCR, it would be potentially useful to also

apply the results to other LGUs elsewhere (i.e. other urban areas) where

communities have experienced outbreaks of dengue in the past. It is therefore

critical that local health officials should work closely with national health authorities to

coordinate efforts in mitigating the effects of a rise in temperature (i.e. recorded minimum

temperature) on a possible increase in dengue cases and/or the occurrence of dengue

outbreaks particularly during periods when an occurrence of an El Niño/La Niña –

Southern Oscillation (ENSO) condition in the Pacific Ocean is announced and

experienced.

Policy Recommendations

Policy recommendations have largely been culled from the literature as a full policy analysis

for climate change and health was not feasible within the project. The following section

contains those recommendations deemed appropriate for the Philippines.

Recommendations for stakeholders:

o A multi-stakeholder coordination committee should be established to manage

national adaptation strategies, chaired by a senior ministry.

Page 192: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

161

o Regulatory issues should be considered from the start of the mainstreaming

process.

o The capacity of existing poverty reduction mechanisms is consistent with

existing policy criteria, development objectives and management structures.

o Policy-makers should look for policies that address current vulnerabilities and

development needs, as well as potential climate risks.

o Actions to address vulnerability to climate change should be pursued through

social development, service provision and improved natural resource

management practices.

o A broad range of stakeholders should be involved in climate change policy-

making, including civil society, sectoral departments and senior policy-

makers.

o Climate change adaptation should be informed by successful ground-level

experiences in vulnerability reduction.

o NGOs should play a dominant role in building awareness and capacity at the

local level.

Recommendations for incentives:

o Donors should provide incentives for developing country governments to take

particular adaptation actions, appropriate to local contexts.

o The economic case for different adaptation options should be communicated

widely.

o A risk-based approach to adaptation should be adopted, informed by

bottom-up experiences of vulnerability and existing responses.

o Approaches to disaster risk reduction and climate change adaptation should

be merged in a single framework, using shared tools.

Page 193: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

162

VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY

1. Adger, WN, et al. "Assessment of adaptation practices, options, constraints and

capacity." Edited by M.L. Parry, O.F. Canziani, J.P. Palutikof, P.J. van der Linden and

C.E. Hanson. Climate Change 2007: Impacts, Adaptation and Vulnerability. Cambridge,

UK: Cambridge University Press, 2007. 717-743.

2. AIACC. "A stitch in time: lessons for climate change adaptation from the AIACC

project." May 2007.

http://www.aiaccproject.org/working_papers/Working%20Papers/AIACC_WP48_Leary_

etal.pdf.

3. Barclay, E. "Climate Change Spurring Dengue Rise, Experts Say." 2007.

http://news.nationalgeographic.com/news/2007/09/070921-dengue-warming.html

(accessed March 5, 2010).

4. Beaulieu, N, F Denton, V Orindi, S Carter, and S Anderson. "Using Monitoring and

Evaluation to Strengthen Climate Adaptive Capacity In Evaluating Climate Change and

Development." World Bank Series on Development, 2009: 325-335.

5. Bhattacharya, S. "Climate change and malaria in India." Current Science, 2006: 369-

375.

6. BM, Khaemba, A Mutani, and MK Bett. "Studies of anopheline mosquitoes transmitting

malaria in a newly developed highland urban area: a case study of moi university and

its environs." East African Medical Journal 3 (1994): 159-64.

7. Borja, MPB, and FME Lorenzo. "Burden of Disease and Economic Evaluation of

Dengue." 2007.

8. Bouma, MJ, and C Dye. "Cycles of malaria associated with El Niño in Venezuela."

Journal of the American Medical Association 278 (1997): 1772–1774.

9. Bouma, MJ, C Dye, and HJ Van der Kaay. "Falciparum malaria and climate change in

the northwest frontier province of Pakistan." American Journal of Tropical Medicine and

Hygiene 55 (1996): 131–137.

10. Bryan, JH, DH Foley, and RW Sutherst. "Malaria transmission and climate change in

Australia." Medical Journal ofAustralia, no. 164 (2000): 345–347.

11. Burton, I, E Diringer, and J Smith. Adaptation to climate change: international policy

options. Virginia: The Pew Center on Global Climate Change, 2006.

12. Center for Science in the Earth System at the University of Washington. Preparing for

climate change: a guidebook for local, regional and state governments. King County,

Washington: University of Washington, 2007.

13. Colwell, R. "Global climate and infectious disease: the cholera paradigm." Science,

2025-2032.

Page 194: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

163

14. Confalonieri, U et al. Human health. In: Parry, ML et al. "Climate change. Impacts,

adaptation and vulnerability." Contribution of Working Group II to the Fourth

Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, 2007: 391–

431.

15. Conway, D. "Extreme rainfall events and lake level changes in east africa: recent

events and historical precedents." 2002.

16. Costello, A, M Abbas, and A Allen. "Managing the health effects of climate change."

The Lancet 373 (2009): 1693–733.

17. Dankelman, I. "Climate change: learning from gender analysis and women‗s

experiences of organising for sustainable development." Gender and Development

(Taylor & Francis, Ltd) 10, no. 2 (2002): 21–9.

18. De Savigny, D, et al. "Highland malaria in Uganda: prospective analysis of an epidemic

associated with el niño." Transactions of the Royal Society of Tropical Medicine and

Hygiene 93 (2004): 480-487.

19. Denton, F. "Climate change vulnerability, impacts and adaptation: why does gender

matter?" Gender and Development 10, no. 2 (2002): 10–20.

20. Department of Health. "Philippine Health Statistics 1960 – 2005." 2011.

http://www.doh.gov.ph/health_picture.

21. Dore, MHI, and I Burton. "A Review of the literature on the costs of adaptation to

climate change." The costs of adaptation to climate change in Canada: a stratified

estimate by sectors and regions. Brock University. 2000.

http://adaptation.nrcan.gc.ca/projdb/pdf/79b_e.pdf.

22. Duque, IFT. "Interim guidelines on the prevention of leptospirosis through the use of

prophylaxis in areas affected by floods." Department Memorandum No. 2009-0250.

Vol. 10. Sta. Cruz, Manila: DOH.

23. Easterling, W E, BH Hurd, and JB Smith. Coping with global climate change: the role of

adaptation in the United States. Arlington, Virginia: The Pew Center on Global Climate

Change, 2004.

24. Ebi, K, G Meehl, and D Bachelet. Regional impacts of climate change: four case

studies in the United States. Arlington, Virginia: The Pew Center on Global Climate

Change, 2007.

25. European Commission. "Towards a comprehensive climate agreement in

Copenhagen." United Naitons Climate Change Conference. 2009. http://documents.eu-

japan.eu/seminars/japan/climate/report_climatechange_agreement.pdf.

26. Fankhauser, S] Smith, JB, and Tol RSJ. Weathering Climate Change: Some Simple

Rules to Guide Adaptation Decisions. Amsterdam: Institute for Environmental Studies,

Vrije Universiteit, 1998.

27. Gagnon-Lebrun, F. Progress on adaptation to climate change in developed countries:

an analysis of broad trends. Paris, France: OECD, 2006.

Page 195: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

164

28. Githeko, A, and A Woodward. "Climate change and human health: risks and

responses." In International consensus on the science of climate and health: The IPCC

Third Assessment Report, edited by A, Campbell- Lendrum D, Corvalan C, Ebi K,

Githeko A K, Scheraga J S and Woodward A McMichael, 43 – 60. Geneva: WHO,

2003.

29. Githeko, AK, and W Ndegwa. "Predicting malaria epidemics in the kenyan highlands

using climate data: a tool for decision makers." Global change and Human Health 2

(2001): 54-63.

30. Global Environment Facility. "Developing socio-economic scenarios: for use in

vulnerability and adaptation assessments." In National Communications Support Unit

Handbook, by United Nations Development Programme. 2003.

31. Haines, A, D Campbell-Lendrum, and C Corvalan. "Climate change and human health:

impacts, vulnerability, and mitigation." The Lancet 367, no. 9528: 9.

32. Hales, S et al. "El Nino and the dynamics of vector-borne disease transmission."

Environmental Health Perspectives 107 (1999): 99–102.

33. Hay, SI, et al. "Defining and detecting malaria epidemics in the highlands of western

Kenya." Emerging Infectious Diseases, 2002: 555-62.

34. Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. "Climate Change 2007: Climate Change

Impacts, Adaptation and Vulnerability." 2007. http://www.ipcc.ch/SPM6avr07.pdf.

35. Keim, M. "Building human resilience: the role of public health preparedness and

response as an adaptation to climate change." American Journal of Preventive

Medicine 35, no. 5: 9.

36. Kilian, AHD, P Langi, A Talisuna, and G Kabagambe. "Rainfall pattern, el ñino and

malaria in Uganda." Transactions of the Royal Society of Tropical Medicine and

Hygiene 93 (2001): 22-23.

37. Kovats, RS, D Campbell-Lendrum, AJ McMichael, A Woodward, and J Cox. "Early

effects of climate change: do they include changes in vector borne diseases?"

Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society ofLondon, 2001: 1057–1068.

38. Leary, N. "A framework for benefit-cost analysis of adaptation to climate change and

climate variability." Mitigation and Adaptation Strategies for Global Change 4 (1999):

307-318.

39. Lindblade, KA, ED Walker, AW Onapa, J Katunge, and ML Wilson. "Land use change

alters malaria transmission parameters by modifying temperatures in a highland area of

Uganda." Tropical Medicine and International Health 5, no. 4 (2000): 263-274.

40. Lindsay, SW, and MH Birley. "Climate change and malaria transmission." Annals of

Tropical Medicine and Parasitology 90 (1996): 573–588.

41. Lindsay, SW, and WJ Martens. "Malaria in the african highlands: past, present and

future." Bulletin of the World Health Organization 76 (1998): 33–45.

42. Lipp, EK, A Huq, and RR Colwell. "Effects of global climate on infectious disease: the

cholera model." Clinical Microbiology Reviews 15, no. 4 (2002): 757-770.

Page 196: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

165

43. Loevinsohn, ME. "Climate warming and increased malaria in Rwanda." The Lancet 343

(1994): 714-748.

44. Lorenzo, FME, et al. Malaria Burden of Disease and Quality of Life Study. Institute of

Health Policy and Development Studies, National Institutes of Health, Manila,

Philippines: Department of Health, 2004.

45. Martens, P et al. "Climate change and future populations at risk of malaria." Global

Environmental Change 9 (1999): S89–S107.

46. Martens, WJM, TH Jetten, and DA Focks. "Sensitivity of malaria, schistosomiasis and

dengue to global warming." Climate Change 35 (1997): 145–156.

47. Martens, WJM, TH Jetten, J Rotmans, and LW Niessen. "Climate change and vector-

borne diseases: a global modelling perspective." Global Environmental Change 5, no. 3

(1995): 195–209.

48. Martin, PH, and MG Lefebvre. "Malaria and climate: sensitivity of malaria potential

transmission to climate." Ambio 24, no. 4 (1995): 200–207.

49. Mathers, CD, ET Vos, CE Stevenson, and SJ Begg. "The burden of disease and injury

in Australia." Bulletin of the World Health Organization 79, no. 11 (2001): 1076-84.

50. McKenzie-Hedger, M, I Brown, R Connell, and M Gawith. Climate change: assessing

the impacts – indentifying responses. London: Department of the Environment,

Transport and Regions, UK Climate Impacts Programme, 2000.

51. Mhalu, FS, WM Mntenga, and FD Mtango. "Seasonality of cholera in tanzania: possible

role of rainfall in disease transmission." East African Medical Journal 64, no. 6 (1987):

378-87.

52. Mitchell, T, T Tanner, and E Wilkinson. Overcoming the barriers: mainstreaming

climate change adaptation in developing countries. Institute of Development Studies

and Tearfund, 2006.

53. Mouchet, J, et al. "Evolution of malaria for the past 40 years: impact of climate and

human factors." Journal of American Mosquitoe Control Association 14: 121-130.

54. Murray, CJL, and AD Lopez. Global burden of disease. Vol. 1. Cambridge, UK: Harvard

School of Public Health, 1996.

55. National Statistics Office. "2007 census of population." National Statistics Office.

http://www.census.gov.ph/data/census2007/index.html (accessed 2011).

56. —. National Statistics Office. 2011. www.census.gov.ph.

57. —. "Total population for NCR for 2000 to 2006 and 2008 to 2009." National Statistics

Office. http://www.census.gov.ph/data/sectordata/popproj_tab3r.html (accessed 2011).

58. Nicholls, RJ. "Coastal flooding and wetland loss in the 21st century: changes under the

SRES climate and socio-economic scenarios." Global Environmental Change 14

(2004): 69–86.

Page 197: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

166

59. NOAA. "Climate of 2007 - in Historical Perspective." NOAA Satellite and Information

Service. National Climatic Data Center. 2007.

http://www.ncdc.noaa.gov/oa/climate/research/2007/ann/ann07.html.

60. Nurse, L et al. "Small island states, In climate change 2001: impacts, adaptation, and

vulnerability." In Contribution of Working Group II to the Third Assessment Report of

the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, by JJ et al McCarthy, 842–975.

Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2001.

61. Office, National Statistics. "Total Philippine population data for 2000 to 2006 and 2008

to 2009." National Statistics Office.

http://www.census.gov.ph/data/sectordata/popproj_tab1r.html (accessed 2011).

62. Oxfam International. Adapting to climate change: what„s needed in poor countries, and

who should pay. Oxfam Briefing Paper 104, UK: Oxfam International Secretariat, 2007.

63. Parry, M, and T Carter. Climate Impact and Adaptation Assessment. A Guide to the

IPCC Approach. London, UK: Earthscan Publications Ltd, 1998.

64. Pascual, M, R Xavier, SP Ellner, R Colwell, and MJ Bouma. "Cholera dynamicsand el

niño - southern oscillation." Science 289, no. 5485 (2000): 1766-1769.

65. Pascual, MMJ, AP Bouma, and Dobson AP. "Cholera and climate: revisiting the

quantitative evidence." Microbes and Infection 4 (2002): 237-245.

66. Patz, J. "A human disease indicator for the effects of recent global climate change."

PNAS 99, no. 20 (2002): 12506-12508.

67. Patz, JA. "Malaria risk and temperature: influences from global climate change and

local land use practices." Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the

United States of America. 2006. 5635–5636.

68. Patz, JA, and WJM Martens. "Climate impacts on vector-borne disease transmission:

global and site-specific." Journal of Epidemiology 6 (1996): S145– S148.

69. Patz, JA, et al. "Predicting key malaria transmission factors, biting, and entomological

inoculation rates, using modeled soil moisture in Kenya." Tropical Medicine and

International Health 3 (1998): 818-827.

70. Programme, United Nations Development. "Adaptation policy frameworks for climate

changeAdaptation policy frameworks for climate change." In Developing Strategies,

Policies and Measures. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 2004.

71. PTFCC. The Presidential Task Force on Climate Change. 2007.

http://www.doe.gov.ph/cc/.

72. R. Sari Kovats, BM, AJ McMichael, C Corvalan, and R Bertollini. Climate change and

human health: impact and adaptation. World Health Organization, 2000.

73. Reeves, WC. "Potential effect of global warming on mosquito-borne arboviruses."

Journal of Medical Entomology 31 (1994): 323–332.

74. Reiter, P. "Climate change and mosquito-borne Disease." Environmental Health

Perspectives 109 (2001): 1.

Page 198: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

167

75. Reiter, P. "Global warming and vector-borne disease in temperate regions and at high

altitude." The Lancet 351 (1998): 839–840.

76. Rivera, PT, BA Crisostomo, EA Villacorte, AD Escueta, and et al. Climate Change and

Malaria. Edited by PT Rivera, BA Crisostomo, RU Angluben and Shigeyuki, K Kano.

Tokyo: Free Press Co, 2009.

77. —. GIS and Malaria Surveillance. Edited by PT Rivera and K Shigeyuki. Tokyo: Free

Press Co, 2007.

78. Rodo, X. "ENSO and cholera: a non-stationary link related to climate change?"

Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America.

2002. 12901–12906.

79. Rosenzweig, C, A Iglesias, XB Yang, PR Epstein, and E Chivian. "Climate change and

extreme weather events: implications for food production, plant diseases and pests." In

Global change & human health, 90-10. Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2001.

80. Rueda LM, et al. "Temperature-dependent development and survival rates of culex

quinquefasciatus and aedes aegypti (diptera: culicidae)." Journal of Medical

Entomology 27 (1990): 892–898.

81. Russell, RC. "Mosquito-borne arboviruses in australia: the current scene and

implications of climate change for human health." International Journal of Parasitology

28 (1998): 955–969.

82. Schellenberg, A. J.R.M et al. "Effect of large-scale social marketing of insecticide-

treated nets on child survival in rural Tanzania." The Lancet. August 2004.

http://www.mwanzacommunity.org/mazingiranews.html.

83. Schneider, SH, et al. "Assessing key vulnerabilities and the risk from climate change."

In Climate Change 2007: Impacts, Adaptation and Vulnerability, edited by M Parry, O

Canziani, J Palutikof and PJ van der Linden. Contribution of Working Group II to the

Fourth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change

(forthcoming), 2007.

84. SI, Curto de Casas, and Carcavallo RU. "Climate change and vector-borne diseases

distribution." Social Science and Medicine 40 (1995): 1437–1440.

85. Stern, N. "The stern review on the economics of climate change." HM Treasury. 2006.

http://www.hm-treasury.gov.uk/independent_

reviews/stern_review_economics_climate_change/ sternreview_index.cfm.

86. Studies, Institute of Development. Adapting to climate change: Challenges and

opportunities for the developing community. Tearfund, 2006.

87. Sutherst, R. "Implications of global change and climate variability for vector-borne

diseases: generic approaches to impact assessments." International Journal for

Parasitology 28 (1998): 935–945.

88. Tanser, FC, B Sharp, and D le Sueur. "Potential effect of climate change on malaria

transmission in Africa." The Lancet 362 (2003): 1792–1798.

Page 199: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

168

89. Tol, RSJ. "New estimates of the damage costs of climate change, part I: benchmark

estimates." Environmental and Resource Economics 21, no. 1 (2002): 47-73.

90. Tun-Lin, W, et al. "Reducing costs and operational constraints of dengue vector control

by targeting productive breeding places: a multi-country non-inferiority cluster

randomized trial." Tropical Medicine International Health 14, no. 9 (2009): 11.

91. UNFCCC. "Background paper – Impacts, vulnerability and adaptation to climate

change in Asia." UNFCCC Secretariat. http://unfccc.int/files/

adaptation/methodologies_for/vulnerability_and_

adaptation/application/pdf/unfccc_asian_workshop_background_paper.pdf.

92. —. "Background paper – Impacts, vulnerability and adaptation to climate change in

Latin America." UNFCCC Secretariat. 2006.

http://unfccc.int/files/adaptation/adverse_effects_and_response_measures_art_48/appli

cation/pdf/200609_background_latin_ american_wkshp.pdf.

93. —. "Background paper on Impacts, vulnerability and adaptation to climate change in

africa." UNFCCC Secretariat. 2006.

http://unfccc.int/files/adaptation/adverse_effects_and_response_measures_art_48/appli

cation/pdf/200609_background_african_ wkshp.pdf.

94. —. "Synthesis report on technologies for adaptation identified in the submissions from

Parties and relevant organizations." UNFCCC Secretariat. 2007. http://unfccc.int/

resource/docs/2007/sbsta/eng/06.pdf.

95. —. "Vulnerability and adaptation to climate change in small island developing states –

Background paper for the expert meeting on adaptation for small island developing

States." UNFCCC Secretariat. 2007.

http://unfccc.int/files/adaptation/adverse_effects_and_response_measures_art_48/appli

cation/pdf/ 200702_sids_adaptation_bg.pdf.

96. W, Checkley, et al. "Effects of El Nino and ambient temperature on hospital admissions

for diarrhoeal diseases in peruvian children." The Lancet 355 (2000): 442-450.

97. Watson, RT et al. "Climate change; impacts, adaptations and mitigation of climate

change: scientific-technical analysis." In Contribution of Working Group II to the Second

Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Cambridge:

Cambridge University Press, 1996.

98. Watts, DM et al. "Effect of temperature on the vector efficiency of aedes aegypti for

dengue 2 virus." American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene 36 (1987): 143–

152.

99. Wei-Chun, T, CC Chen, C Chin-Cheng, and C Yu-Hsien. "Climate Change: Estimating

the economic impacts of climate change on infectious diseases: a case study on

dengue fever in taiwan." Springer Science + Business Media B.V, 2008: 123–140.

100. WHO. "Climate change – quantifying the health impact at national and local levels."

Vers. 14. Environmental Burden of Disease Series. 2007.

http://whqlibdoc.who.int/publications/2007/9789241595674_eng.pdf.

101. —. Climate change and health. Geneva: World Health Organization, 2006.

Page 200: MDGF 1656 · Indicators for the proposed M&E framework 147 Reconfiguring the existing reporting system for PIDSR 152 IV. CONCLUSIONS 154 V. RECOMMENDATIONS 157 VI. BIBLIOGRAPHY 162.

169

102. —. Climate change and human health: impact and adaptation. Geneva: World Health

Organization, 2000.

103. —. Floods: climate change and adaptation strategies for human health. London, United

Kingdom: World Health Organization Regional Office for Europe, 2002.

104. —. "Human health impacts from climate variability and climate change in the Hindu

Kush Himalaya region : a report of an interregional workshop, India, 2005." World

Health Organization. 2006. http://www.searo.who.int/en/Section23/

Section1001/Section1110_11692.htm.

105. —. "Human leptospirosis: guidance for diagnosis, surveillance and control." 2003.

http://www.who.int/zoonoses/resources/Leptospirosis/en/.

106. —. Protecting Health from Climate Change. Geneva: World Health Organization, 2009.

107. —. "Using climate to predict infectious disease epidemics." 2005.

http://www.who.int/globalchange/publications/infectdiseases/en/index.html.

108. World Bank. World Development Report 1993: Investing in Health. Oxford University

Press: Oxford University Press, 1993.